TW202022024A - Light-shielding composition, cured film, light-shielding film, and solid-state imaging element - Google Patents

Light-shielding composition, cured film, light-shielding film, and solid-state imaging element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202022024A
TW202022024A TW108131838A TW108131838A TW202022024A TW 202022024 A TW202022024 A TW 202022024A TW 108131838 A TW108131838 A TW 108131838A TW 108131838 A TW108131838 A TW 108131838A TW 202022024 A TW202022024 A TW 202022024A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
light
resin
groups
composition
Prior art date
Application number
TW108131838A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
浜田大輔
大谷貴洋
加藤亮祐
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202022024A publication Critical patent/TW202022024A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L31/00Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L31/02Details
    • H01L31/0232Optical elements or arrangements associated with the device

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a light-shielding composition which enables the formation of a cured film having excellent light-shielding properties, low reflectance, and light resistance. Also provided are a cured film, a light-shielding film, and a solid-state imaging element. This light-shielding composition contains a blacking material, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a resin. The resin contains a polymerizable group and a group represented by general formula (1). The number average molecular weight of the resin is 100 to 15000. The resin content is 2.0 to 15.0% by mass of the total solids content by mass of the light-shielding composition.

Description

遮光性組成物、硬化膜、遮光膜、固體攝像元件Light-shielding composition, cured film, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device

本發明有關一種遮光性組成物、硬化膜、遮光膜及固體攝像元件。The present invention relates to a light-shielding composition, a hardened film, a light-shielding film and a solid-state imaging element.

關於用作適用於固體攝像裝置等之遮光膜之硬化膜的製造,普遍的是在基板上形成遮光性組成物層之後,將其硬化的方法。此時,典型的是經規定遮罩圖案對遮光性組成物層照射光,之後進行顯影處理。Regarding the production of a cured film used as a light-shielding film suitable for solid-state imaging devices, etc., a method of curing the light-shielding composition layer after forming it on a substrate is common. At this time, the light-shielding composition layer is typically irradiated with light through a predetermined mask pattern, and then the development process is performed.

例如,專利文獻1中公開了“一種遮光塗膜,其含有選自(a)樹脂、(b)色素材、(c)無機微粒子、(d)界面活性劑及油中的至少1種成分,該遮光塗膜的特徵為選自(d)界面活性劑及油中的至少1種成分在塗膜的表層的濃度比下層高(申請專利範圍1)”,作為上述油的例子,使用二甲基矽油。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]For example, Patent Document 1 discloses "a light-shielding coating film containing at least one component selected from (a) resin, (b) color material, (c) inorganic fine particles, (d) surfactant, and oil, This light-shielding coating film is characterized in that the concentration of at least one component selected from (d) surfactants and oils in the surface layer of the coating film is higher than that in the lower layer (Patent Scope 1)". As an example of the above oil, dimethyl Base silicone oil. [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2011-141493號公報[Patent Document 1] JP 2011-141493 A

近年來,對亦用作遮光膜的硬化膜,除了良好的遮光性這一要求以外,還存在各種要求。例如,隨著固體攝像裝置的小型化、薄型化及高靈敏化,要求硬化膜的進一步的低反射化。又,還要求即使硬化膜長期被光照射的情況下,亦能夠維持優異之低反射性(以下,亦將該等特性稱為“硬化膜(或遮光膜)的耐光性優異”)。In recent years, there have been various requirements for cured films that are also used as light-shielding films in addition to good light-shielding properties. For example, with the miniaturization, thinning, and higher sensitivity of solid-state imaging devices, further reduction in reflection of the cured film is required. In addition, it is also required to maintain excellent low reflectivity even when the cured film is irradiated with light for a long period of time (hereinafter, these characteristics are also referred to as "the cured film (or light-shielding film) has excellent light resistance").

因此,本發明的課題在於提供一種能夠形成遮光性、低反射性及耐光性優異之硬化膜之遮光性組成物。又,課題還在於提供一種硬化膜、遮光膜及固體攝像元件。Therefore, the subject of the present invention is to provide a light-shielding composition capable of forming a cured film having excellent light-shielding properties, low reflectivity, and light resistance. In addition, the subject is to provide a cured film, a light-shielding film, and a solid-state imaging element.

本發明人進行深入研究之結果,發現能夠藉由以下構成解決上述課題。As a result of intensive research, the inventors found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by the following configuration.

〔1〕一種遮光性組成物,其含有黑色著色材、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及樹脂, 上述樹脂含有聚合性基及由通式(1)表示之基團, 上述樹脂的數量平均分子量為100~15000, 上述樹脂的含量相對於上述遮光性組成物的固體成分的總質量為2.0~15.0質量%, *-(SiR1 R2 -O)na -*   (1) 通式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基。 na表示1~200的整數。 *表示鍵結位置。 〔2〕如〔1〕所述之遮光性組成物,其中 上述樹脂係由通式(2)表示之化合物, R3 -(SiR1 R2 -O)nb -SiR1 R2 -R3 (2) 通式(2)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基, R3 表示含有乙烯性不飽和基之基團, nb表示3~200的整數。 〔3〕如〔2〕所述之遮光性組成物,其中 前述R3 的至少1個具有酸基。 〔4〕如〔2〕或〔3〕所述之遮光性組成物,其中 前述R3 的至少1個具有選自包括醚鍵、酯鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵及硫醚鍵的群組中之至少1個。 〔5〕如〔1〕~〔4〕中任一項所述之遮光性組成物,其中 該黑色著色材係選自包括金屬氮化物及金屬氮氧化物的群組中之1種以上。 〔6〕一種硬化膜,其使用〔1〕~〔5〕中任一項所述之遮光性組成物來獲得。 〔7〕如〔6〕所述之硬化膜,其中 前述硬化膜含有黑色層和配置於該黑色層的表面上之包覆層, 前述包覆層的厚度為20~200nm, 前述包覆層含有該樹脂的硬化物。 〔8〕如〔6〕或〔7〕所述之硬化膜,其為遮光膜。 〔9〕一種固體攝像元件,其含有〔6〕~〔8〕中任一項所述之硬化膜。 [發明效果][1] A light-shielding composition containing a black coloring material, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a resin, the resin containing a polymerizable group and a group represented by the general formula (1), and the number of the resin is average The molecular weight is 100 to 15000, the content of the resin is 2.0 to 15.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the solid content of the light-shielding composition, *-(SiR 1 R 2 -O) na -* (1) General formula (1) In ), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. na represents an integer of 1 to 200. * Indicates the bonding position. [2] The light-shielding composition according to [1], wherein the resin is a compound represented by the general formula (2), R 3 -(SiR 1 R 2 -O) nb -SiR 1 R 2 -R 3 ( 2) In the general formula (2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, R 3 represents a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group, and nb represents 3 to 200 Integer. [3] The light-shielding composition according to [2], wherein at least one of the aforementioned R 3 has an acid group. [4] The light-shielding composition according to [2] or [3], wherein at least one of the aforementioned R 3 is selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, an ester bond, a urethane bond, and a thioether bond At least one of them. [5] The light-shielding composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the black coloring material is one or more selected from the group consisting of metal nitrides and metal oxynitrides. [6] A cured film obtained using the light-shielding composition described in any one of [1] to [5]. [7] The cured film according to [6], wherein the cured film includes a black layer and a coating layer disposed on the surface of the black layer, the thickness of the coating layer is 20 to 200 nm, and the coating layer includes The cured product of this resin. [8] The cured film according to [6] or [7], which is a light-shielding film. [9] A solid-state imaging device comprising the cured film described in any one of [6] to [8]. [Invention Effect]

依本發明,能夠提供一種能夠形成遮光性、低反射性及耐光性優異之硬化膜之遮光性組成物。又,亦能夠提供一種硬化膜、遮光膜及固體攝像元件。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a light-shielding composition capable of forming a cured film excellent in light-shielding, low reflectivity, and light resistance. Moreover, it is also possible to provide a cured film, a light shielding film, and a solid-state imaging element.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 以下記載之構成要件的說明有時依據本發明的代表性實施態樣而完成,但本發明並不限定於該等實施態樣。 另外,本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍表示含有記載於“~”之前後之數值作為下限值及上限值之範圍。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be completed based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to these embodiments. In addition, in this specification, the numerical range indicated by "~" means the range which contains the numerical value described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit.

又,本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述中,只要不違背本發明的主旨,未記載經取代及未經取代之表述係包括不含有取代基之基團和含有取代基之基團。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不含有取代基之烷基(未經取代烷基),還包括含有取代基之烷基(經取代烷基)。In addition, in the expression of the group (atomic group) in this specification, as long as it does not violate the gist of the present invention, the expression that does not describe substituted and unsubstituted includes groups that do not contain substituents and groups that contain substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups), but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups).

又,本說明書中的“光化射線”或“放射線”例如表示遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme ultraviolet lithography)、X射線及電子束等。又,在本說明書中,光表示光化射線及放射線。在無特別說明的情況下,本說明書中的“曝光”不僅包括基於遠紫外線、X射線及EUV光等之曝光,還包括基於電子束及離子束等粒子束之描畫。In addition, the “actinic rays” or “radiation rays” in this specification means, for example, extreme ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet lithography (EUV: Extreme ultraviolet lithography), X-rays, electron beams, and the like. In addition, in this specification, light means actinic rays and radiation. Unless otherwise specified, the "exposure" in this specification includes not only exposure based on extreme ultraviolet, X-ray, EUV light, etc., but also drawing based on particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.

又,在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯。又,在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸。又,在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基。又,在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯醯胺”表示丙烯醯胺及甲基丙烯醯胺。又,在本說明書中,“單體”與“monomer:單體”的含義相同。In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate. In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acryloyl group" means an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group. In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acrylamide" means acrylamide and methacrylamide. In addition, in this specification, "monomer" and "monomer: monomer" have the same meaning.

在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)、數量平均分子量(Mn)係基於GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography:凝膠滲透層析)法之聚苯乙烯換算值。 在本說明書中,GPC法基於如下方法,亦即利用HLC-8020GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製),作為管柱使用TSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製,4.6mmID×15cm),作為洗提液使用THF(四氫呋喃)。In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are polystyrene conversion values based on the GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method. In this specification, the GPC method is based on the following method, that is, HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION, 4.6mmID×15cm) as the column THF (tetrahydrofuran) was used as the extract.

[遮光性組成物] 本發明的遮光性組成物(以下,亦簡單稱為“組成物”)含有黑色著色材、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及樹脂。 上述樹脂係含有聚合性基和後述由通式(1)表示之基團之數量平均分子量為100~15000的樹脂(以下,亦將該樹脂稱為“特定樹脂”)。 特定樹脂的含量相對於該遮光性組成物的固體成分的總質量為2.0~15.0質量%。[Light-shielding composition] The light-shielding composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "composition") contains a black coloring material, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a resin. The above-mentioned resin system contains a polymerizable group and a resin having a number average molecular weight of 100 to 15,000 (hereinafter, this resin is also referred to as "specific resin") of the group represented by the general formula (1) described later. The content of the specific resin is 2.0 to 15.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the solid content of the light-shielding composition.

以採用如上述構成的組成物可解決本發明的課題之機制並不明確,本發明人等推測如下。 特定樹脂所含有之由通式(1)表示之(聚)矽氧烷基示出低表面自由能。又,分子量為100~15000,因此能夠相對自由地在組成物中移動。因此,例如,在將組成物塗佈於基板上而形成之組成物層中,在與基板相反的一側的組成物層表面附近容易濃縮存在特定樹脂。其結果,如圖1所示,基板16上的硬化組成物層而得之硬化膜10具有含有黑色著色材之黑色層(下側層)12及含有特定樹脂的硬化物之包覆層(上側層)14這2層結構。若形成該等2層結構,則在包覆層表面反射的光和在包覆層與黑色層的界面反射的光因干擾而被消除,藉此實現低反射性。又,特定樹脂含有聚合性基,因此即使在形成硬化膜的過程中進行顯影處理,包覆層亦不會從硬化膜去除而可實現優異之低反射性。進而,推測由於特定樹脂所含有的(聚)矽氧烷基的結構剛直,因此即使照射光亦不易變質,因此耐光性亦得到改善。The mechanism by which the problem of the present invention can be solved by using the composition having the above-mentioned structure is not clear, but the present inventors speculate as follows. The (poly)siloxane group represented by the general formula (1) contained in the specific resin exhibits low surface free energy. In addition, the molecular weight is 100 to 15,000, so it can move relatively freely in the composition. Therefore, for example, in a composition layer formed by applying a composition on a substrate, a specific resin tends to be concentrated and present near the surface of the composition layer on the side opposite to the substrate. As a result, as shown in FIG. 1, the cured film 10 obtained from the cured composition layer on the substrate 16 has a black layer (lower layer) 12 containing a black coloring material and a coating layer (upper side) of a cured product containing a specific resin Layer) 14 two-layer structure. If these two-layer structures are formed, the light reflected on the surface of the cladding layer and the light reflected at the interface between the cladding layer and the black layer are eliminated due to interference, thereby achieving low reflectivity. In addition, the specific resin contains a polymerizable group, so even if the development process is performed in the process of forming the cured film, the coating layer is not removed from the cured film, and excellent low reflectivity can be achieved. Furthermore, it is estimated that since the structure of the (poly)siloxyalkyl group contained in the specific resin is rigid, it is unlikely to change even if it is irradiated with light, and therefore the light resistance is also improved.

首先,對本發明的組成物的成分進行說明。First, the components of the composition of the present invention will be described.

〔黑色著色材〕 遮光性組成物含有黑色著色材。 組成物中的黑色著色材的含量相對於組成物的固體成分的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~80質量%為更佳,50~70質量%為進一步較佳。 另外,將由本發明的組成物形成之硬化膜用作遮光膜之“遮光”係亦包括一邊使光衰減一邊通過硬化膜(遮光膜)之光衰減之概念。作為具有此類功能之光衰減膜使用硬化膜(遮光膜)時,組成物中的黑色著色材的含量比上述適當範圍少亦較佳。 黑色著色材可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 另外,在本說明書中,在組成物含有溶劑(有機溶劑、水等)時,組成物的固體成分表示除溶劑以外的所有成分,若為溶劑以外的成分,則即使是液體成分亦視作固體成分。〔Black coloring material〕 The light-shielding composition contains a black coloring material. The content of the black coloring material in the composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the solid content of the composition, more preferably 30 to 80% by mass, and still more preferably 50 to 70% by mass. In addition, the "shielding" in which the cured film formed of the composition of the present invention is used as a light-shielding film also includes the concept of light attenuation that passes through the cured film (light-shielding film) while attenuating light. When using a cured film (light-shielding film) as a light attenuating film having such a function, the content of the black coloring material in the composition is preferably less than the above-mentioned appropriate range. A black coloring material may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. In addition, in this specification, when the composition contains a solvent (organic solvent, water, etc.), the solid content of the composition means all the components except the solvent. If it is a component other than the solvent, even the liquid component is regarded as solid. ingredient.

作為黑色著色材,可舉出選自包括黑色顏料及黑色染料的群組中之1種以上。 又,可以組合複數種無法單獨用作黑色著色材的著色劑,調整成整體變為黑色而作為黑色著色材。 例如,除了將單獨顯現黑色的顏料作為黑色顏料以外,亦可以組合複數種單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之顏料而用作黑色顏料。同樣地,除了將單獨顯現黑色的染料作為黑色染料以外,亦可以組合複數種單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之染料而用作黑色染料。 又,藉由使用無法單獨用作黑色著色材之著色劑,容易調整硬化膜的遮光特性。例如將硬化膜用作光衰減膜時,針對含有寬波長成分之光,易於均等衰減各波長。 另外,黑色著色材表示在波長400~700nm的所有範圍中具有吸收之色材。 更具體而言,例如,符合以下說明的評價基準Z之黑色著色材為較佳。 首先,製備含有色材、透明的樹脂基質(丙烯酸樹脂等)及溶劑,相對於總固體成分之色材的含量為60質量%的組成物。將所獲得之組成物在玻璃基板上塗佈至乾燥後的塗膜的膜厚成為1μm,藉此形成塗膜。利用分光光度計(Hitachi, Ltd.製UV-3600等)評價乾燥後的塗膜的遮光性。若乾燥後的塗膜的波長400~700nm中的透過率的最大值小於10%,則能夠判定上述色材係符合評價基準Z之黑色著色材。As a black coloring material, 1 or more types chosen from the group which consists of black pigments and black dyes are mentioned. In addition, it is possible to combine plural kinds of coloring agents that cannot be used alone as a black coloring material, and adjust so that the whole becomes black as a black coloring material. For example, in addition to using a pigment that expresses black alone as a black pigment, it is also possible to combine a plurality of pigments that have a color other than black when they are singly used as a black pigment. In the same way, in addition to using a dye that expresses black alone as a black dye, it is also possible to use a combination of a plurality of dyes that have colors other than black when alone. In addition, by using a coloring agent that cannot be used as a black coloring material alone, it is easy to adjust the light-shielding properties of the cured film. For example, when a cured film is used as a light attenuation film, it is easy to evenly attenuate each wavelength for light containing broad-wavelength components. In addition, the black coloring material means a coloring material that has absorption in all the wavelength ranges of 400 to 700 nm. More specifically, for example, a black coloring material that meets the evaluation criteria Z described below is preferable. First, a composition containing a color material, a transparent resin matrix (acrylic resin, etc.), and a solvent is prepared, and the content of the color material relative to the total solid content is 60% by mass. The obtained composition was applied on a glass substrate until the film thickness of the dried coating film became 1 μm, thereby forming a coating film. The light-shielding property of the coating film after drying was evaluated by a spectrophotometer (UV-3600 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd., etc.). If the maximum value of the transmittance in the wavelength 400 to 700 nm of the dried coating film is less than 10%, it can be determined that the color material is a black color material that meets the evaluation criteria Z.

(黑色顏料) 從可獲得低反射性更優異之硬化膜的觀點考慮,黑色著色材係金屬氮化物和/或金屬氮氧化物等黑色顏料為較佳。 黑色顏料能夠使用各種公知的黑色顏料。黑色顏料可以為無機顏料,亦可以為有機顏料。(Black paint) From the viewpoint of obtaining a cured film with more excellent low reflectivity, black pigments such as black coloring material-based metal nitrides and/or metal oxynitrides are preferred. As the black pigment, various well-known black pigments can be used. The black pigment can be an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment.

作為黑色顏料,單獨顯現黑色的顏料為較佳。 黑色顏料能夠使用各種公知的黑色顏料。黑色顏料可以為無機顏料,亦可以為有機顏料。 作為黑色的無機顏料,例如,選自包括金屬氮化物、金屬氮氧化物及金屬氧化物的群組中之1種以上為較佳,選自包括金屬氮化物及金屬氮氧化物的群組中之1種以上為更佳。 作為金屬氮化物、金屬氮氧化物及金屬氧化物,更具體而言,例如可舉出含有選自包括鈦(Ti)及鋯(Zr)等第4族的金屬元素、釩(V)及鈮(Nb)等第5族的金屬元素、鈷(Co)、鉻(Cr)、銅(Cu)、錳(Mn)、釕(Ru)、鐵(Fe)、鎳(Ni)、錫(Sn)及銀(Ag)之群組中的1種或2種以上的金屬元素之金屬氮化物、金屬氮氧化物及金屬氧化物等。 可以對無機顏料實施表面修飾處理。例如可舉出利用同時具有矽基和烷基之表面處理劑實施了表面修飾處理的無機粒子,可舉出“KTP-09”系列(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製)等。又,金屬氮化物、金屬氮氧化物及金屬氧化物亦可以用作進一步混合有其他原子之粒子。例如亦可用作進一步含有選自週期表13~17族元素之原子(較佳為硫原子)之金屬氮化物、金屬氮氧化物及金屬氧化物。 作為黑色顏料,亦可舉出碳黑。作為碳黑,可以使用用樹脂包覆表面之碳黑。作為黑色顏料,亦可舉出市售品C.I.顏料黑1及Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF等有機顏料及C.I.顏料黑7等無機顏料。As the black pigment, a pigment that expresses black alone is preferable. As the black pigment, various well-known black pigments can be used. The black pigment can be an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment. As the black inorganic pigment, for example, one or more selected from the group consisting of metal nitrides, metal oxynitrides, and metal oxides are preferred, and are selected from the group consisting of metal nitrides and metal oxynitrides. One or more of them is more preferable. Examples of metal nitrides, metal oxynitrides, and metal oxides include, more specifically, metal elements selected from Group 4 including titanium (Ti) and zirconium (Zr), vanadium (V), and niobium. (Nb) and other Group 5 metal elements, cobalt (Co), chromium (Cr), copper (Cu), manganese (Mn), ruthenium (Ru), iron (Fe), nickel (Ni), tin (Sn) One or two or more metal elements in the group of silver (Ag), such as metal nitrides, metal oxynitrides, and metal oxides. Surface modification treatment can be applied to inorganic pigments. For example, inorganic particles that have been surface-modified with a surface treatment agent having both a silicon group and an alkyl group are used, and examples include the "KTP-09" series (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.). In addition, metal nitrides, metal oxynitrides, and metal oxides can also be used as particles further mixed with other atoms. For example, it can also be used as metal nitrides, metal oxynitrides, and metal oxides that further contain atoms (preferably sulfur atoms) selected from elements of groups 13 to 17 of the periodic table. As a black pigment, carbon black can also be mentioned. As carbon black, carbon black whose surface is coated with resin can be used. As black pigments, commercially available organic pigments such as C.I. Pigment Black 1 and Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF, and inorganic pigments such as C.I. Pigment Black 7.

另外,在本說明書中,氮化鈦表示TiN,可以含有製造上不可避免的氧原子(例如TiN的粒子的表面未預期地被氧化者等)。 在本說明書中,氮化鈦表示源自將CuKα射線作為X射線源時的(200)面之峰的折射角2θ為42.5°~42.8°的化合物。 又,在本說明書中,氮氧化鈦表示源自將CuKα射線作為X射線源時的(200)面之峰的折射角2θ大於42.8°的化合物。作為氮氧化鈦的上述折射角2θ的上限值,並無特別限制,43.5°以下為較佳。 作為氮氧化鈦,例如可舉出鈦黑等,更具體而言,例如可舉出含有可由TiO2 、Tin O2n-1 (1≤n≤20)表示之低價二氧化鈦和/或可由TiNx Oy (0<x<2.0,0.1<y<2.0)表示之氮氧化鈦之形態。在以下說明中,將氮化鈦(上述折射角2θ為42.5°~42.8°)及氮氧化鈦(上述折射角2θ大於42.8°)統稱為鈦氮化物,並對其形態進行說明。 又,鈦氮化物可用作進一步混合有其他原子之粒子。例如鈦氮化物可用作進一步含有選自週期表13~17族元素之原子(較佳為硫原子)之含鈦氮化物粒子。另外,在其他金屬氮化物中亦同樣地,作為氮化金屬和氮氧化金屬的統稱金屬氮化物可用作進一步混合有其他原子之粒子。例如金屬氮化物亦可用作進一步含有選自週期表13~17族元素之原子(較佳為硫原子)之金屬氮化物。In addition, in this specification, titanium nitride means TiN, and may contain oxygen atoms that are unavoidable in production (for example, the surface of TiN particles is oxidized unexpectedly, etc.). In this specification, titanium nitride refers to a compound derived from the refraction angle 2θ of the peak of the (200) plane when CuKα rays are used as an X-ray source and is 42.5° to 42.8°. In addition, in this specification, titanium oxynitride means a compound whose refraction angle 2θ derived from the peak of the (200) plane when CuKα rays are used as an X-ray source is greater than 42.8°. The upper limit of the refraction angle 2θ of titanium oxynitride is not particularly limited, but 43.5° or less is preferred. As the titanium oxynitride, for example, titanium black can be mentioned. More specifically, for example, it can be exemplified by containing low-valent titanium dioxide represented by TiO 2 and Ti n O 2n-1 (1≤n≤20) and/or TiN x O y (0<x<2.0, 0.1<y<2.0) represents the form of titanium oxynitride. In the following description, titanium nitride (the above-mentioned refraction angle 2θ is 42.5° to 42.8°) and titanium oxynitride (the above-mentioned refraction angle 2θ greater than 42.8°) are collectively referred to as titanium nitrides, and their morphology will be explained. In addition, titanium nitride can be used as a particle further mixed with other atoms. For example, titanium nitride can be used as titanium-containing nitride particles further containing atoms (preferably sulfur atoms) selected from the elements of groups 13 to 17 of the periodic table. In addition, similarly to other metal nitrides, metal nitrides, which are collectively called metal nitrides and oxynitride metals, can be used as particles further mixed with other atoms. For example, metal nitrides can also be used as metal nitrides that further contain atoms (preferably sulfur atoms) selected from elements of groups 13 to 17 of the periodic table.

將CuKα射線作為X射線源來測定鈦氮化物的X射線折射光譜時,作為強度最強的峰,TiN在2θ=42.5°附近觀測到源自(200)面之峰,而TiO在2θ=43.4°附近觀測到源自(200)面之峰。另一方面,雖非為強度最強的峰,但銳鈦礦型TiO2 在2θ=48.1°附近觀測到了源自(200)面之峰,而金紅石型TiO2 則在2θ=39.2°附近觀測到了源自(200)面之峰。因此,氮氧化鈦含有氧原子越多,峰位置相對於42.5°的越向高角度側移動。When CuKα rays are used as the X-ray source to measure the X-ray refraction spectrum of titanium nitrides, as the strongest peak, TiN is observed at 2θ=42.5° near the peak derived from the (200) plane, while TiO is at 2θ=43.4° A peak from the (200) plane was observed nearby. On the other hand, although it is not the strongest peak, anatase type TiO 2 has a peak originating from the (200) plane around 2θ=48.1°, while rutile type TiO 2 is observed around 2θ=39.2° At the peak from (200) face. Therefore, as the titanium oxynitride contains more oxygen atoms, the peak position shifts to the higher angle side with respect to 42.5°.

鈦氮化物含有氧化鈦TiO2 時,作為強度最強的峰,可在2θ=25.3°附近觀察到源自銳鈦礦型TiO2 (101)之峰,且在2θ=27.4°附近觀察到源自金紅石型TiO2 (110)之峰。然而,TiO2 為白色,會成為降低硬化組成物而得之硬化膜的遮光性的因素,因此減少至不會作為峰而被觀察到的程度為較佳。When titanium nitride contains titanium oxide TiO 2 , as the strongest peak, a peak derived from anatase TiO 2 (101) can be observed near 2θ=25.3°, and a peak derived from anatase type TiO 2 (101) is observed near 2θ=27.4° The peak of rutile TiO 2 (110). However, TiO 2 is white, which will reduce the light-shielding properties of the cured film obtained from the cured composition, so it is better to reduce it to such an extent that it is not observed as a peak.

從藉由上述X射線折射光譜的測定來獲得之峰的半峰寬度求出構成鈦氮化物之微晶尺寸。微晶尺寸的計算能夠利用謝勒(Scherrer)公式進行。The size of the crystallite constituting the titanium nitride is obtained from the half-width of the peak obtained by the measurement of the above-mentioned X-ray refraction spectrum. The calculation of the crystallite size can be performed using Scherrer's formula.

作為構成鈦氮化物之微晶尺寸,50nm以下為較佳,20nm以上為較佳。若微晶尺寸為20~50nm,則利用組成物形成之硬化膜的紫外線(尤其i射線(波長365nm))透射率易於變得更高,並可獲得感光性更高的組成物。The crystallite size constituting the titanium nitride is preferably 50 nm or less, and preferably 20 nm or more. If the crystallite size is 20-50 nm, the ultraviolet (especially i-ray (wavelength: 365 nm)) transmittance of the cured film formed from the composition is likely to be higher, and a composition with higher sensitivity can be obtained.

關於鈦氮化物的比表面積並無特別限制,可藉由BET(Brunauer、Emmett、Teller)法求出。鈦氮化物的比表面積為5~100m2 /g為較佳,10~60m2 /g為更佳。The specific surface area of the titanium nitride is not particularly limited, and it can be determined by the BET (Brunauer, Emmett, Teller) method. The specific surface area of titanium nitride is 5 ~ 100m 2 / g is preferred, 10 ~ 60m 2 / g is more preferred.

作為黑色顏料的製造方法,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的製造方法,例如可舉出氣相反應法。作為氣相反應法,可舉出電爐法及熱電漿法等,但從雜質的混入少,粒徑容易均勻,且生產性高的觀點考慮,熱電漿法為較佳。 在熱電漿法中,作為產生熱電漿的方法,並無特別限制,可舉出直流電弧放電、多層電弧放電、高頻率(RF)電漿及混合電漿等,從電極混入的雜質少的高頻率電漿為更佳。 作為基於熱電漿法之黑色顏料的具體製造方法並無特別限制,例如作為鈦氮化物的製造方法,可舉出在電漿火焰中使四氯化鈦和氨氣反應之方法(日本特開平2-022110號公報);利用高頻率熱電漿使鈦粉末蒸發,以氮為載氣導入,使其在冷卻過程中氮化而進行合成之方法(日本特開昭61-011140號公報);及向電漿的周緣部吹入氨氣之方法(日本特開昭63-085007號)等。 其中,作為黑色顏料的製造方法,並不限於以上,只要能夠獲得具有所需物性之黑色顏料,則並不限制製造方法。The manufacturing method of the black pigment is not particularly limited, and a known manufacturing method can be used. For example, a gas phase reaction method can be mentioned. Examples of the gas phase reaction method include an electric furnace method and a thermoplasma method. However, the thermoplasma method is preferred from the viewpoints that the mixing of impurities is small, the particle size is easily uniform, and the productivity is high. In the thermoplasma method, there are no particular restrictions on the method of generating thermoplasma. Examples include direct current arc discharge, multilayer arc discharge, high frequency (RF) plasma, and hybrid plasma. Frequency plasma is better. There is no particular limitation on the specific production method of the black pigment based on the thermoplasmic method. For example, as the method of producing titanium nitride, a method of reacting titanium tetrachloride and ammonia gas in a plasma flame (Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2 -022110 Bulletin); a method of evaporating titanium powder using high-frequency thermoplasma, introducing nitrogen as a carrier gas, and nitriding it during cooling to synthesize it (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-011140); and A method of blowing ammonia gas into the periphery of the plasma (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-085007), etc. However, the manufacturing method of the black pigment is not limited to the above, and the manufacturing method is not limited as long as the black pigment having the required physical properties can be obtained.

黑色顏料可以在其表面具有含有矽之化合物(以下稱為“含矽化合物”。)的層。亦即,可以將上述金屬原子的(氧)氮化物利用含矽化合物包覆而作為黑色顏料。 作為包覆金屬原子的(氧)氮化物之方法並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的方法,例如可舉出日本特開昭53-033228號公報的2頁右下~4頁右上中記載之方法(使用金屬原子的(氧)氮化物來代替鈦氧化物)、日本特開2008-069193號公報的段落0015~0043中記載之方法(使用金屬原子的(氧)氮化物來代替微粒二氧化鈦)、日本特開2016-074870號公報的段落0020及段落0124~0138中記載之方法(使用金屬原子的(氧)氮化物來代替金屬氧化物微粒),上述內容引入本說明書中。The black pigment may have a layer of silicon-containing compound (hereinafter referred to as "silicon-containing compound") on its surface. That is, the (oxy)nitride of the metal atom can be coated with a silicon-containing compound as a black pigment. The method for coating the (oxy)nitride of the metal atom is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. For example, the method described on page 2 bottom right to page 4 top right of JP 53-033228 A can be mentioned. (Using metal atom (oxy)nitride instead of titanium oxide), the method described in paragraphs 0015 to 0043 of JP 2008-069193 A (using metal atom (oxy)nitride instead of particulate titanium dioxide), The method described in paragraph 0020 and paragraphs 0124 to 0138 of JP 2016-074870 A (using metal atom (oxy)nitride instead of metal oxide fine particles) is incorporated into this specification.

進而,遮光性組成物含有鈦黑時,含有鈦黑作為包含鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體亦較佳。 在該形態中,鈦黑係在組成物中作為被分散體而含有者,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)以質量換算計0.05以上為較佳,0.05~0.5為更佳,0.07~0.4為進一步較佳。 其中,上述被分散體包含鈦黑係一次粒子的狀態者、凝聚體(二次粒子)的狀態者這兩者。 為了變更被分散體的Si/Ti(例如設為0.05以上),能夠利用如下方法。 首先,藉由利用分散機對氧化鈦和二氧化矽粒子進行分散來獲得分散物,在高溫(例如,850~1000℃)下對該分散物進行還元處理,藉此能夠獲得將鈦黑粒子作為主成分且含有Si和Ti之被分散體。上述還元處理亦能夠在銨等還元性氣體的氣氛下進行。 作為氧化鈦,可舉出TTO-51N(商品名:ISHIHARA SANGYO KAISHA, LTD.製)等。 作為二氧化矽粒子的市售品,可舉出AEROSIL(註冊商標)90、130、150、200、255、300、380(商品名:EVONIK公司製)等。 氧化鈦與二氧化矽粒子的分散可以使用分散劑。作為分散劑,可舉出後述之作為分散劑而說明者。 上述分散可以在溶劑中進行。作為溶劑,可舉出水、有機溶劑。可舉出後述之在有機溶劑一欄中說明者。 例如,將Si/Ti調整成0.05以上等的鈦黑例如能夠藉由日本特開2008-266045號公報的段落0005及段落0016~0021中記載之方法製作。Furthermore, when the light-shielding composition contains titanium black, it is also preferable to contain titanium black as a dispersed body containing titanium black and Si atoms. In this form, titanium black is contained in the composition as a dispersion, and the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms (Si/Ti) in the dispersion is preferably 0.05 or more in terms of mass, 0.05 to 0.5 is more preferable, and 0.07 to 0.4 is still more preferable. Here, the above-mentioned dispersed body includes both those in the state of titanium black-based primary particles and those in the state of aggregates (secondary particles). In order to change the Si/Ti of the dispersion (for example, 0.05 or more), the following method can be used. First, by using a dispersing machine to disperse titanium oxide and silicon dioxide particles to obtain a dispersion, the dispersion is reduced at a high temperature (for example, 850 ~ 1000 ℃), whereby the titanium black particles can be obtained as The main component and contains Si and Ti to be dispersed. The above reduction treatment can also be performed in an atmosphere of reducing gas such as ammonium. As titanium oxide, TTO-51N (trade name: manufactured by ISHIHARA SANGYO KAISHA, LTD.) and the like can be mentioned. Examples of commercially available silica particles include AEROSIL (registered trademark) 90, 130, 150, 200, 255, 300, and 380 (trade name: manufactured by EVONIK). A dispersant can be used to disperse titanium oxide and silicon dioxide particles. Examples of the dispersant include those described below as a dispersant. The above dispersion can be performed in a solvent. Examples of solvents include water and organic solvents. Examples include those described below in the column of organic solvents. For example, titanium black with Si/Ti adjusted to 0.05 or more can be produced by the method described in paragraph 0005 and paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP 2008-266045 A, for example.

藉由將包含鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)調整成較佳範圍(例如0.05以上),在使用包含該被分散體之組成物來形成硬化膜時,硬化膜的形成區域外的源自組成物的殘渣被減少。另外,殘渣係包含源自鈦黑粒子、樹脂成分等組成物之成分者。 殘渣減少的理由尚不明確,但推測如下:如上所述的被分散體傾向於成為小粒徑(例如,粒徑為30nm以下),進而,該被分散體的包含Si原子之成分增加,藉此與膜整體的基底的吸附性降低,這有助於提高硬化膜的形成中未硬化的組成物(尤其鈦黑)的顯影去除性。 又,鈦黑對從紫外光至紅外光為止的廣範圍的波長區域的光的遮光性優異,因此使用包含上述鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體(較佳為Si/Ti以質量換算計為0.05以上者)形成之硬化膜發揮優異之遮光性。 另外,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)例如能夠利用日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0033中記載之方法(1-1)或方法(1-2)來測定。 又,關於硬化組成物而得之硬化膜中含有之被分散體,利用日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0035中記載之方法(2)來判斷該被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)是否為0.05以上。By adjusting the content ratio (Si/Ti) of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms to a preferable range (for example, 0.05 or more), the composition containing the dispersion is used to When the cured film is formed, residues derived from the composition outside the area where the cured film is formed are reduced. In addition, the residue contains components derived from compositions such as titanium black particles and resin components. The reason for the decrease in residue is not clear, but it is presumed as follows: the dispersed body as described above tends to have a small particle size (for example, the particle size is 30 nm or less), and further, the Si atom-containing component of the dispersed body increases, and This lowers the adsorptivity to the base of the entire film, which contributes to the improvement of the development and removability of the uncured composition (especially titanium black) during the formation of the cured film. In addition, titanium black has excellent light-shielding properties against light in a wide range of wavelengths from ultraviolet light to infrared light. Therefore, a dispersion containing the above-mentioned titanium black and Si atoms (preferably Si/Ti in terms of mass is used) 0.05 or more) The formed cured film exhibits excellent light-shielding properties. In addition, the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms (Si/Ti) in the dispersion can be, for example, the method (1-1) or the method (1-2) described in paragraph 0033 of JP 2013-249417 A To determine. Also, regarding the dispersion contained in the cured film obtained by curing the composition, the method (2) described in paragraph 0035 of JP 2013-249417 A was used to determine the Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion Is the content ratio (Si/Ti) above 0.05?

在含有鈦黑及Si原子之被分散體中,鈦黑能夠使用上述者。 以下,對將Si原子導入被分散體時使用的材料進行說明。將Si原子導入被分散體時,使用二氧化矽等含Si物質即可。 作為可使用的二氧化矽,能夠舉出沉降二氧化矽、氣相二氧化矽、膠體二氧化矽、合成二氧化矽等,將該等適當選擇使用即可。 進而,若二氧化矽粒子的粒徑係形成硬化膜時比膜厚小的粒徑,則遮光性更優異,因此使用微粒子型的二氧化矽作為二氧化矽粒子為較佳。另外,作為微粒子型的二氧化矽的例子,例如可舉出日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0039中記載之二氧化矽,該等內容引入本說明書中。 使用氮化鋯、氮氧化鋯亦較佳。氮化鋯、氮氧化鋯被無機化合物包覆為較佳。藉由利用無機化合物進行包覆,抑制遮光顏料的光觸媒活性而不會因該表面包覆而損傷遮光顏料的遮光性,容易防止遮光性組成物的劣化。無機化合物的具體例有二氧化鈦、氧化鋯、二氧化矽、氧化鋁等,二氧化矽、氧化鋁為較佳。如鈦黑與氮化鋯、鈦黑與氮氧化鋯、鈦黑與二氧化矽包覆氮化鋯、鈦黑與氧化鋁包覆氮化鋯一樣,併用亦較佳。Among the dispersions containing titanium black and Si atoms, the above-mentioned titanium black can be used. Hereinafter, the material used when introducing Si atoms into the dispersion is described. When introducing Si atoms into the dispersion, a Si-containing substance such as silicon dioxide may be used. As the silica that can be used, precipitated silica, vapor-phase silica, colloidal silica, synthetic silica, and the like can be cited, and these can be appropriately selected and used. Furthermore, if the particle size of the silicon dioxide particles is smaller than the film thickness when the cured film is formed, the light-shielding properties will be more excellent. Therefore, it is preferable to use fine-particle type silicon dioxide as the silicon dioxide particles. In addition, as an example of the fine particle type silicon dioxide, for example, the silicon dioxide described in paragraph 0039 of JP 2013-249417 A, and these contents are incorporated in this specification. It is also preferable to use zirconium nitride or zirconium oxynitride. Zirconium nitride and zirconium oxynitride are preferably coated with an inorganic compound. By coating with an inorganic compound, the photocatalytic activity of the light-shielding pigment is suppressed without impairing the light-shielding property of the light-shielding pigment due to the surface coating, and it is easy to prevent the deterioration of the light-shielding composition. Specific examples of the inorganic compound include titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, etc., preferably silicon dioxide and aluminum oxide. For example, titanium black and zirconium nitride, titanium black and zirconium oxynitride, titanium black and silicon dioxide coated zirconium nitride, titanium black and aluminum oxide coated zirconium nitride are the same, and it is better to use them in combination.

進而,如上所述,亦可以組合複數種單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之顏料來用作黑色顏料。 如此單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之顏料可以為無機顏料,亦可以為有機顏料。作為單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之顏料,例如亦能夠使用R(紅)、G(綠)及B(藍)等彩色系顏料(彩色顏料)。Furthermore, as described above, it is also possible to use a combination of a plurality of pigments having colors other than black when used alone as a black pigment. In this way, the pigment having a color other than black may be an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment. As a pigment having a color other than black when alone, for example, color pigments (color pigments) such as R (red), G (green), and B (blue) can also be used.

作為單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之無機顏料,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的無機顏料。 作為上述無機顏料,例如能夠選自氧化鈦、氧化鉻、氧化鐵、鉛丹、氧化鐵紅、黃鉛、鋅黃(鉻酸鋅鉀(zinc potassium chromate)、四鹼式鉻酸鋅(zinc tetroxy chromate))、群青藍(ultramarin blue)、普魯士藍(亞鐵氰化鉀(potassium ferrocyanide))、鋯石灰(zircon grey)、鐠黃(Praseodymium yellow)、鉻鈦黃、鉻綠、孔雀綠、維多利亞綠(victoria green)、鐵藍(iron blue)(與普魯士藍無關)、釩鋯藍(vanadium zirconium blue)、鉻錫紅(chrome tin pink)、錳紅(manganese pink)及橙紅(salmon pink)等。 上述無機顏料可實施有表面修飾處理。例如可舉出利用同時具有矽基和烷基之表面處理劑實施了表面修飾處理的無機粒子,可舉出“KTP-09”系列(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製)等。There are no particular restrictions on the inorganic pigment having a color other than black when alone, and known inorganic pigments can be used. As the above-mentioned inorganic pigments, for example, titanium oxide, chromium oxide, iron oxide, red lead, iron oxide red, yellow lead, zinc yellow (zinc potassium chromate), tetrabasic zinc chromate (zinc tetroxy chromate), ultramarin blue, Prussian blue (potassium ferrocyanide), zircon grey, Praseodymium yellow, chrome titanium yellow, chrome green, malachite green, Victoria Green (victoria green), iron blue (iron blue) (not related to Prussian blue), vanadium zirconium blue (vanadium zirconium blue), chrome tin pink (chrome tin pink), manganese red (manganese pink) and orange red (salmon pink), etc. . The above-mentioned inorganic pigment may be subjected to surface modification treatment. For example, inorganic particles that have been surface-modified with a surface treatment agent having both a silicon group and an alkyl group are used, and examples include the "KTP-09" series (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.).

作為單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之有機顏料,例如選自下述有機顏料。 比色指數(C.I.)顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、199、213、214等、 C.I.顏料橙2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、43、46、48、49、51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、71、73等、 C.I.顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、9、10、14、17、22、23、31、38、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、52:1、52:2、53:1、57:1、60:1、63:1、66、67、81:1、81:2、81:3、83、88、90、105、112、119、122、123、144、146、149、150、155、166、168、169、170、171、172、175、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、188、190、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、216、220、224、226、242、246、254、255、264、270、272、279、294(𠮿

Figure 108131838-A0304-12-01
系、有機群青、藍紅)等; C.I.顏料綠7、10、36、37、58、59等; C.I.顏料紫1、19、23、27、32、37、42等; C.I.顏料藍1、2、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、29、60、64、66、79、80、87(單偶氮系)、88(次甲基/聚次甲基系)等;。As an organic pigment having a color other than black when alone, for example, it is selected from the following organic pigments. Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, etc., CI Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73 etc. CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 279, 294 (𠮿
Figure 108131838-A0304-12-01
Series, organic ultramarine blue, blue-red) etc.; CI pigment green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59 etc.; CI pigment violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42 etc.; CI pigment blue 1, 2 , 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87 (monoazo series), 88 (times Methyl/polymethine series) etc.;

顏料可以與後述染料併用。 為了調整色調並提高所需波長區域的遮光性,例如,可以對單獨顯現黑色的顏料和/或單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之顏料等混合紅色、綠色、黄色、橙色、紫色及藍色等彩色顏料或後述染料。 又,對吸收紅外線且單獨顯現黑色的顏料混合紅色顏料或染料、或者紫色顏料或染料為較佳,混合紅色顏料為更佳。 進而,亦可以添加後述紅外線吸收劑。The pigment can be used in combination with the dye described later. In order to adjust the color tone and increase the light-shielding in the desired wavelength range, for example, red, green, yellow, orange, purple, and blue can be mixed with a pigment that expresses black alone and/or a pigment that has a color other than black when alone. Pigment or dye mentioned later. Moreover, it is preferable to mix a red pigment or dye, or a purple pigment or dye to a pigment that absorbs infrared rays and express black alone, and it is more preferable to mix a red pigment. Furthermore, you may add an infrared absorber mentioned later.

又,作為單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色且吸收紅外線之顏料,亦能夠使用鎢化合物及金屬硼化物等。其中,從紅外區域的波長的遮光性優異之觀點考慮,鎢化合物為較佳。鎢化合物在與基於曝光之硬化效率有關之肟系聚合起始劑的光吸收波長區域及可見光區域的透光性優異。In addition, as a pigment that has a color other than black and absorbs infrared rays when it is alone, tungsten compounds, metal borides, and the like can also be used. Among them, a tungsten compound is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent light-shielding properties of wavelengths in the infrared region. The tungsten compound has excellent light transmittance in the light absorption wavelength region and visible light region of the oxime-based polymerization initiator related to the curing efficiency by exposure.

若考慮處理性,則黑色顏料的平均一次粒徑為0.01~0.1μm為較佳,0.01~0.05μm為更佳。黑色顏料包括複數種顏料的組合時,構成黑色顏料之顏料的1種以上在上述範圍內為較佳,構成黑色顏料之顏料的全部在上述範圍內為更佳。In consideration of handling properties, the average primary particle size of the black pigment is preferably 0.01 to 0.1 μm, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.05 μm. When the black pigment includes a combination of plural kinds of pigments, one or more of the pigments constituting the black pigment are preferably within the above range, and it is more preferable that all of the pigments constituting the black pigment are within the above range.

另外,能夠利用穿透式電子顯微鏡(Transmission Electron Microscope,TEM)測定顏料的平均一次粒徑。作為穿透式電子顯微鏡,例如能夠使用Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製的穿透式電子顯微鏡HT7700。 測出使用穿透式電子顯微鏡獲得之粒子像的最大長度(Dmax:粒子圖像的輪廓上2點中的最大長度)及最大垂直長度(DV-max:以與最大長度平行的2根直線夾住圖像時,垂直連結2根直線之間的最短的長度),將其相乘平均值(Dmax×DV-max)1/2 作為粒徑。以該方法測定100個粒子的粒徑,並將其算術平均值作為平均粒徑而設為顏料的平均一次粒徑。In addition, the average primary particle diameter of the pigment can be measured by a transmission electron microscope (Transmission Electron Microscope, TEM). As a transmission electron microscope, for example, a transmission electron microscope HT7700 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation can be used. Measure the maximum length (Dmax: the maximum length of 2 points on the outline of the particle image) and the maximum vertical length (DV-max: clamped by two straight lines parallel to the maximum length) of the particle image obtained by using a transmission electron microscope When capturing the image, vertically connect the shortest length between two straight lines), and multiply the average value (Dmax×DV-max) 1/2 as the particle size. The particle diameter of 100 particles was measured by this method, and the arithmetic average was used as the average particle diameter, and the pigment was used as the average primary particle diameter.

(黑色染料) 作為黑色染料,能夠使用單獨顯現黑色的染料。進而,如上所述,亦可以組合複數種單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之染料來用作黑色染料。 作為此類著色染料,例如除了R(紅)、G(綠)及B(藍)等彩色系的染料(彩色染料)以外,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-042375的段落0027~0200中記載之著色劑。(Black dye) As the black dye, a dye that independently expresses black can be used. Furthermore, as described above, it is also possible to use a combination of a plurality of dyes having colors other than black when they are singly used as a black dye. As such coloring dyes, for example, in addition to color dyes (color dyes) such as R (red), G (green), and B (blue), the ones described in paragraphs 0027 to 0200 of JP 2014-042375 can also be used. Colorant.

又,作為染料,例如能夠使用日本特開昭64-90403號公報、日本特開昭64-91102號公報、日本特開平1-94301號公報、日本特開平6-11614號公報、日本特登2592207號、米國專利4808501號說明書、米國專利5667920號說明書、米國專利505950號說明書、日本特開平5-333207號公報、日本特開平6-35183號公報、日本特開平6-51115號公報及日本特開平6-194828號公報等中揭示之色素。若作為化學結構予以區分,則能夠使用吡唑偶氮化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、苯胺偶氮化合物、三苯甲烷化合物、蒽醌化合物、亞苄基化合物、氧雜菁(oxonol)化合物、吡唑並三唑偶氮化合物、吡啶酮偶氮化合物、花青化合物、啡噻嗪化合物或吡咯並吡唑甲亞胺化合物等。又,作為染料,可使用色素多聚體。作為色素多聚體,可舉出日本特開2011-213925號公報及日本特開2013-041097號公報中記載之化合物。又,亦可使用分子內具有聚合性之聚合性染料,作為市售品,例如可舉出Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製RDW系列。In addition, as the dye, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 64-90403, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 64-91102, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1-94301, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-11614, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2592207 Number, U.S. Patent No. 4808501 Specification, U.S. Patent No. 5667920 Specification, U.S. Patent No. 505950 Specification, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 5-333207, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-35183, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 6-51115 and The pigment disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-194828, etc. If distinguished as a chemical structure, pyrazole azo compounds, pyrrole methylene compounds, aniline azo compounds, triphenylmethane compounds, anthraquinone compounds, benzylidene compounds, oxonol compounds, pyrazole compounds can be used Azolotriazole azo compounds, pyridone azo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenothiazine compounds or pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compounds, etc. In addition, as the dye, a dye multimer can be used. Examples of the dye multimer include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-213925 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-041097. In addition, polymerizable dyes having polymerizability in the molecule can also be used. As a commercially available product, for example, RDW series manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. can be cited.

(紅外線吸收劑) 組成物可進一步含有紅外線吸收劑作為單獨時具有黑色以外的顏色之色材。 紅外線吸收劑表示在紅外區域(較佳為波長650~1300nm)的波長區域具有吸收之化合物。作為紅外線吸收劑,在波長675~900nm的波長區域具有極大吸收之化合物為較佳。 作為具有該種分光特性之著色劑,例如可舉出吡咯并吡咯化合物、銅化合物、花青化合物、酞菁化合物、亞銨(iminium)化合物、硫醇錯合物系化合物、過渡金屬氧化物系化合物、方酸菁(squarylium)化合物、萘酞菁化合物、夸特銳烯(quaterrylene)化合物、二硫醇金屬錯合物系化合物及克酮鎓(croconium)化合物等。 酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、亞銨化合物、花青化合物、芳酸菁化合物及克酮鎓(croconium)化合物可使用日本特開2010-111750號公報的段落0010~0081中揭示的化合物,該內容引入本說明書中。花青化合物例如能夠參考“功能性色素,大河原信/鬆岡賢/北尾悌次郎/平嶋恆亮•著,Kodansha Scientific Ltd.”,該內容引入本申請說明書中。(Infrared absorber) The composition may further contain an infrared absorber as a color material having a color other than black when alone. The infrared absorber means a compound that has absorption in the wavelength region of the infrared region (preferably 650 to 1300 nm). As the infrared absorber, a compound having a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 675 to 900 nm is preferred. Examples of coloring agents having such spectroscopic properties include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, copper compounds, cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, iminium compounds, thiol complex compounds, and transition metal oxide compounds. Compounds, squarylium compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, dithiol metal complex compounds, croconium compounds, etc. As the phthalocyanine compound, naphthalocyanine compound, iminium compound, cyanine compound, aromatic acid cyanine compound, and croconium compound, the compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0010 to 0081 of JP 2010-111750 A can be used. The content is incorporated into this manual. For the cyanine compound, for example, refer to "Functional pigment, Ogawara Nobuyuki / Matsuoka Ken / Kitao Teijiro / Hirashima Hiroshi, Kodansha Scientific Ltd.", and this content is incorporated into this specification.

作為具有上述分光特性之著色劑,亦能夠使用日本特開平07-164729號公報的段落0004~0016中所揭示的化合物和/或日本特開2002-146254號公報的段落0027~0062中所揭示的化合物、日本特開2011-164583號公報的段落0034~0067中所揭示的包括含有Cu和/或P之氧化物的微晶且數量平均凝聚粒徑為5~200nm的近紅外線吸收粒子。As a coloring agent having the aforementioned spectroscopic properties, the compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0004 to 0016 of JP-A-H07-164729 and/or the compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0027 to 0062 of JP-A 2002-146254 can also be used. The compound, disclosed in paragraphs 0034 to 0067 of JP 2011-164583 A, includes near-infrared absorbing particles containing Cu and/or P oxide crystallites and having a number average aggregated particle size of 5 to 200 nm.

作為在波長675~900nm的波長區域具有極大吸收之化合物,選自包括花青化合物、吡咯並吡咯化合物、芳酸菁化合物、酞菁化合物及萘酞菁化合物之群組中的至少1種為較佳。 又,紅外線吸收劑為在25℃的水中溶解1質量%以上的化合物為較佳,在25℃的水中溶解10質量%以上的化合物為更佳。藉由使用該等化合物,改善耐溶劑性。 吡咯並吡咯化合物能夠參考日本特開2010-222557號公報的0049~0062,該內容引入本說明書中。花青化合物及芳酸菁化合物能夠參考國際公開2014/088063號公報的段落0022~0063、國際公開2014/030628號公報的段落0053~0118、日本特開2014-59550號公報的段落0028~0074、國際公開2012/169447號公報的段落0013~0091、日本特開2015-176046號公報的段落0019~0033、日本特開2014-63144號公報的段落0053~0099、日本特開2014-52431號公報的段落0085~0150、日本特開2014-44301號公報的段落0076~0124、日本特開2012-8532號公報的段落0045~0078、日本特開2015-172102號公報的段落0027~0067、日本特開2015-172004號公報的段落0029~0067、日本特開2015-040895號公報的段落0029~0085、日本特開2014-126642號公報的段落0022~0036、日本特開2014-148567號公報的段落0011~0017、日本特開2015-157893號公報的段落0010~0025、日本特開2014-095007號公報的段落0013~0026、日本特開2014-080487號公報的段落0013~0047及日本特開2013-227403號公報的段落0007~0028等,該內容引入本說明書中。As a compound having a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 675 to 900 nm, at least one selected from the group consisting of cyanine compounds, pyrrolopyrrole compounds, aromatic acid cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, and naphthalocyanine compounds is more preferred. good. In addition, the infrared absorber is preferably a compound that dissolves 1% by mass or more in water at 25°C, and more preferably a compound that dissolves 10% by mass or more in water at 25°C. By using these compounds, solvent resistance is improved. For the pyrrolopyrrole compound, reference can be made to 0049 to 0062 of JP 2010-222557 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification. The cyanine compounds and aromatic acid cyanine compounds can refer to paragraphs 0022 to 0063 of International Publication No. 2014/088063, paragraphs 0053 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2014/030628, paragraphs 0028 to 0074 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-59550, Paragraphs 0013 to 0091 of International Publication No. 2012/169447, Paragraphs 0019 to 0033 of JP 2015-176046, Paragraphs 0053 to 0099 of JP 2014-63144, and JP 2014-52431 Paragraphs 0085 to 0150, paragraphs 0076 to 0124 of JP 2014-44301, paragraphs 0045 to 0078 of JP 2012-8532, paragraphs 0027 to 067 of JP 2015-172102, JP Paragraphs 0029~0067 of 2015-172004, Paragraphs 0029~0085 of JP 2015-040895, Paragraphs 0022~0036 of JP 2014-126642, Paragraph 0011 of JP 2014-148567 ~0017, paragraphs 0010 to 0025 of JP 2015-157893, paragraphs 0013 to 0026 of JP 2014-095007, paragraphs 0013 to 0047 of JP 2014-080487, and JP 2013- Paragraphs 0007 to 0028, etc. of 227403 Bulletin are incorporated into this specification.

〔樹脂(特定樹脂)〕 本發明的樹脂含有特定樹脂。 組成物中的特定樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為2.0~15.0質量%,從所形成的硬化膜的遮光性與低反射性更加平衡良好地優異之觀點考慮,2.0~10.0質量%為更佳。 又,組成物含有後述主鏈型特定樹脂作為特定樹脂時,主鏈型特定樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為2.0~6.0質量%為進一步較佳。 組成物含有後述側鏈型特定樹脂作為特定樹脂時,側鏈型特定樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分大於3.0且10以下為進一步較佳。 使用2種以上的特定樹脂時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。 組成物中的特定樹脂的含量相對於黑色著色劑的質量比為0.02~0.9為較佳,0.02~0.3為更佳,0.02~0.2為更佳,0.02~0.1為特佳。另外,上述含量的質量比表示組成物中的(特定樹脂的含量)/(黑色著色劑的含量)。〔Resin (specific resin)〕 The resin of the present invention contains a specific resin. The content of the specific resin in the composition is 2.0 to 15.0% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. From the viewpoint that the light shielding and low reflectivity of the cured film formed are excellent in a better balance, 2.0 to 10.0% by mass For better. Moreover, when the composition contains the main chain type specific resin mentioned later as a specific resin, it is more preferable that the content of the main chain type specific resin is 2.0-6.0 mass% with respect to the total solid content of the composition. When the composition contains the side chain type specific resin described later as the specific resin, the content of the side chain type specific resin relative to the total solid content of the composition is more preferably greater than 3.0 and 10 or less. When two or more specific resins are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned range. The mass ratio of the content of the specific resin in the composition to the black colorant is preferably 0.02 to 0.9, more preferably 0.02 to 0.3, more preferably 0.02 to 0.2, particularly preferably 0.02 to 0.1. In addition, the mass ratio of the content indicates (content of specific resin)/(content of black colorant) in the composition.

特定樹脂含有聚合性基。作為聚合性基,可舉出乙烯性不飽和基(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,例如,(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、烯丙基及苯乙烯基等)及環狀醚基(例如,環氧基及氧雜環丁烷基等)等,但並不限於此。 其中,從在自由基反應中能夠進行聚合控制的觀點考慮,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。The specific resin contains a polymerizable group. Examples of polymerizable groups include ethylenically unsaturated groups (groups with ethylenically unsaturated bonds, for example, (meth)acrylic groups, vinyl groups, allyl groups, and styryl groups) and cyclic ethers. Group (for example, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, etc.) etc., but not limited thereto. Among them, from the viewpoint of enabling polymerization control in a radical reaction, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred, and a (meth)acrylic acid group is more preferred.

特定樹脂的數量平均分子量為100~15000。其中,200~15000為較佳。 特定樹脂的重量平均分子量為500~40000為較佳。The number average molecular weight of the specific resin is 100 to 15,000. Among them, 200 to 15000 are preferred. The weight average molecular weight of the specific resin is preferably 500 to 40,000.

特定樹脂含有由通式(1)表示之基團。 *-(SiR1 R2 -O)na -*   (1)The specific resin contains a group represented by the general formula (1). *-(SiR 1 R 2 -O) na -* (1)

通式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基。 R1 存在複數個時,存在複數個之R1 分別可以相同,亦可以不同。R2 存在複數個時,存在複數個之R2 分別可以相同,亦可以不同。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~8的烷基為較佳,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、二級丁基、己基及辛基等。其中甲基為較佳。 上述環烷基可以為單環,亦可以為多環。作為單環,碳數3~8的環烷基為較佳,例如可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基及環辛基等。作為多環,碳數6~20的環烷基為較佳,例如可舉出金剛烷基、降莰基、異莰基、莰基、二環戊基、α-蒎烯基(pinel group)、三環癸烷基、四環十二烷基及雄甾烷基(androstanyl group)等。 上述芳基係碳數6~10的芳基為較佳,例如可舉出苯基、萘基及蒽基等。In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. The presence of a plurality of R 1, there are a plurality of R 1 each may be the same, also be different. When plural R 2 present, presence of a plurality of R 2 may be the same, also be different. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, secondary butyl, hexyl, and octyl. Among them, methyl is preferred. The above-mentioned cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. As the monocyclic ring, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferred, and examples thereof include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. As the polycyclic ring, a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, for example, adamantyl group, norbornyl group, isobornyl group, camphenyl group, dicyclopentyl group, α-pinenyl group (pinel group) , Tricyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl and androstanyl group, etc. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.

通式(1)中,na表示1~200的整數,5~100為較佳,5~70為更佳。 *表示鍵結位置。In the general formula (1), na represents an integer of 1 to 200, preferably 5 to 100, and more preferably 5 to 70. * Indicates the bonding position.

特定樹脂中由通式(1)表示之基團之存在形態並無限制,由通式(1)表示之基團可以作為特定樹脂中的主鏈而存在,由通式(1)表示之基團亦可以作為特定樹脂中的側鏈而存在。 另外,將特定樹脂中最長的鏈作為主鏈,將與主鏈鍵結之鏈作為側鏈。The existence form of the group represented by the general formula (1) in the specific resin is not limited. The group represented by the general formula (1) can exist as the main chain in the specific resin. The group represented by the general formula (1) Groups can also exist as side chains in specific resins. In addition, the longest chain in the specific resin is used as the main chain, and the chain bonded to the main chain is used as the side chain.

<由通式(1)表示之基團作為主鏈而存在之特定樹脂(主鏈型特定樹脂)> 在由通式(1)表示之基團作為主鏈而存在之特定樹脂(以下,亦稱為“主鏈型特定樹脂”)中,由通式(1)表示之基團可以僅存在1個,亦可以存在2個以上。在主鏈型特定樹脂中,由通式(1)表示之基團存在複數個時,例如,在存在複數個之由通式(1)表示之基團之間,除了由通式(1)表示之基團以外的基團作為連結基而存在。 主鏈型特定樹脂所含有的由通式(1)表示之基團數為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 主鏈型特定樹脂可以為支鏈狀,亦可以為直鏈狀,直鏈狀為較佳。 又,主鏈型特定樹脂在其至少1個(較佳為2個以上)末端包含含有聚合性基(較佳為乙烯性不飽和基)之基團為較佳。其中,主鏈型特定樹脂係直鏈狀,且在其兩末端包含含有聚合性基(較佳為乙烯性不飽和基)之基團為較佳。 又,主鏈型特定樹脂的末端的基團中的1個以上可以含有羧酸基、磺酸基和/或膦酸基等酸基。主鏈型特定樹脂的末端的基團中的1個以上可以含有酸基及聚合性基(較佳為乙烯性不飽和基)這兩者。 主鏈型特定樹脂的重量平均分子量為500~20000為較佳,500~10000為更佳,600~10000為進一步較佳。 主鏈型特定樹脂的數量平均分子量為200~10000為較佳,300~7500為更佳,350~7500為進一步較佳。 主鏈型特定樹脂的分散度(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)為8以下為較佳,4以下為更佳。通常,分散度的下限為1以上。<Specific resin in which the group represented by the general formula (1) exists as the main chain (main chain type specific resin)> In the specific resin in which the group represented by the general formula (1) exists as the main chain (hereinafter, also referred to as "main-chain type specific resin"), the group represented by the general formula (1) may exist only one , There can be more than two. In the main chain type specific resin, when there are plural groups represented by the general formula (1), for example, between the plural groups represented by the general formula (1), except for the groups represented by the general formula (1) Groups other than the indicated groups exist as linking groups. The number of groups represented by the general formula (1) contained in the main-chain type specific resin is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, and even more preferably 1. The main chain type specific resin may be branched or linear, and linear is preferred. Moreover, it is preferable that the main chain type specific resin contains the group containing a polymerizable group (preferably an ethylenic unsaturated group) at the terminal of at least 1 (preferably 2 or more). Among them, it is preferable that the main chain type specific resin is linear and contains a group containing a polymerizable group (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group) at both ends thereof. In addition, one or more of the groups at the terminal of the main chain type specific resin may contain acid groups such as carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, and/or phosphonic acid groups. One or more of the groups at the terminal of the main chain type specific resin may contain both an acid group and a polymerizable group (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group). The weight average molecular weight of the main chain type specific resin is preferably 500 to 20,000, more preferably 500 to 10,000, and even more preferably 600 to 10,000. The number average molecular weight of the main chain type specific resin is preferably 200 to 10,000, more preferably 300 to 7,500, and more preferably 350 to 7,500. The dispersion degree (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) of the main chain type specific resin is preferably 8 or less, and more preferably 4 or less. Generally, the lower limit of the degree of dispersion is 1 or more.

主鏈型特定樹脂例如為由通式(2)表示之化合物為較佳。 R3 -(SiR1 R2 -O)nb -SiR1 R2 -R3 (2)The main chain type specific resin is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (2), for example. R 3 -(SiR 1 R 2 -O) nb -SiR 1 R 2 -R 3 (2)

通式(2)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基。通式(2)中的R1 及R2 分別與通式(1)中的R1 及R2 相同。In the general formula (2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Are the same as the general formula R (2) is 1 and R 2 in the general formula (1) R 1 and R 2.

通式(2)中,R3 表示含有乙烯性不飽和基之基團。 存在複數個之R3 分別可以相同,亦可以不同。 R3 可以在一部分中包含乙烯性不飽和基,R3 亦可為乙烯性不飽和基其本身。 作為乙烯性不飽和基,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、烯丙基及苯乙烯基,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳。 R3 的結構只要含有乙烯性不飽和基,則並無特別限制,R3 的碳數為40以下為較佳,30以下為更佳。通常,R3 的碳數的下限為2以上。 R3 所具有的乙烯性不飽和基數為1~5為較佳,1~2為更佳。 至少1個R3 可以含有雜原子(氧原子、硫原子和/或氮原子等),例如,(甲基)丙烯醯基可以與氧原子一同形成(甲基)丙烯醯氧基。又,至少1個R3 含有醚鍵、酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、醯胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵及硫醚鍵中的至少1個為較佳,含有醚鍵、酯鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵及硫醚鍵中的至少1個為更佳。 又,至少1個R3 可以進一步含有如羧酸基、磺酸基和/或膦酸基等酸基,含有羧酸基為較佳。 主鏈型特定樹脂具有酸值時,酸值為100mgKOH/g以下為較佳,10~50mgKOH/g為更佳。若在該範圍,則曝光時未被固定化之主鏈型特定樹脂在顯影時變得容易從硬化膜去除。另外,酸值係中和1g試樣所需之氫氧化鉀的質量[mg],在本說明書中,將單位記載為mgKOH/g。 又,主鏈型特定樹脂中,乙烯性不飽和基含量相對於樹脂總質量為0.001~10.0mmol/g為較佳,0.1~6.0mmol/g為更佳。In the general formula (2), R 3 represents a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated group. A plurality of R 3 may be the same or different. R 3 may contain an ethylenic unsaturated group in a part, and R 3 may be an ethylenic unsaturated group itself. As an ethylenically unsaturated group, (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a styryl group are mentioned, for example, (meth)acryloyl group is preferable. The structure of R 3 is not particularly limited as long as it contains an ethylenically unsaturated group. The carbon number of R 3 is preferably 40 or less, and more preferably 30 or less. Generally, the lower limit of the carbon number of R 3 is 2 or more. The number of ethylenically unsaturated groups possessed by R 3 is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 2. At least one R 3 may contain a hetero atom (oxygen atom, sulfur atom and/or nitrogen atom, etc.). For example, a (meth)acryloyl group can form a (meth)acryloyloxy group together with an oxygen atom. In addition, it is preferable that at least one R 3 contains at least one of an ether bond, an ester bond, a carbonate bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, and a thioether bond, and it contains an ether bond and an ester bond , At least one of the urethane bond and the thioether bond is more preferred. In addition, at least one R 3 may further contain an acid group such as a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group and/or a phosphonic acid group, and preferably a carboxylic acid group. When the main chain type specific resin has an acid value, the acid value is preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 10-50 mgKOH/g. If it is in this range, the main chain type specific resin which is not immobilized during exposure will be easily removed from the cured film during development. In addition, the acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample, and in this specification, the unit is described as mgKOH/g. In addition, in the main chain type specific resin, the ethylenically unsaturated group content is preferably 0.001 to 10.0 mmol/g, and more preferably 0.1 to 6.0 mmol/g with respect to the total mass of the resin.

通式(2)中,nb表示5~200的整數,5~100為較佳,5~70為更佳。In the general formula (2), nb represents an integer of 5 to 200, preferably 5 to 100, and more preferably 5 to 70.

<由通式(1)表示之基團作為側鏈而存在之特定樹脂(側鏈型特定樹脂)> 由通式(1)表示之基團作為側鏈而存在之特定樹脂(以下,亦稱為“側鏈型特定樹脂”)的重量平均分子量為500~40000為更佳,500~20000為更佳,500~10000為進一步較佳。 側鏈型特定樹脂的數量平均分子量為500~15000為較佳,500~8000為更佳。 側鏈型特定樹脂的分散度(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)為8以下為較佳,4以下為更佳。通常,分散度的下限為1以上。<Specific resin in which the group represented by the general formula (1) exists as a side chain (side chain type specific resin)> The weight average molecular weight of the specific resin in which the group represented by the general formula (1) exists as a side chain (hereinafter also referred to as "side chain specific resin") is preferably 500 to 40,000, more preferably 500 to 20,000 , 500~10000 is further preferred. The number average molecular weight of the side chain type specific resin is preferably 500 to 15,000, and more preferably 500 to 8,000. The degree of dispersion (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) of the side chain type specific resin is preferably 8 or less, and more preferably 4 or less. Generally, the lower limit of the degree of dispersion is 1 or more.

側鏈型特定樹脂例如含有由通式(3)表示之基團為較佳。 *-(SiR1 R2 -O)nc -SiR1 R2 -R4 (3)The side chain type specific resin preferably contains a group represented by the general formula (3), for example. *-(SiR 1 R 2 -O) nc -SiR 1 R 2 -R 4 (3)

通式(3)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基。通式(3)中的R1 及R2 分別與通式(1)中的R1 及R2 相同。In the general formula (3), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Are the same as the general formula R (3) is 1 and R 2 in the general formula (1) R 1 and R 2.

通式(3)中,R4 表示氫原子或碳數1~10的有機基團。R4 係有機基團時,可以含有雜原子(氧原子、硫原子和/或氮原子等)。其中,R4 係氫原子或碳數1~5的烷基為較佳。In the general formula (3), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. When R 4 is an organic group, it may contain a hetero atom (oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.). Among them, R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

通式(3)中,nc表示1~200的整數,2~100為較佳。In the general formula (3), nc represents an integer of 1 to 200, preferably 2 to 100.

側鏈型特定樹脂進一步含有包含鹼可溶性基等酸基之側鏈為較佳。藉此,曝光時未硬化的側鏈型特定樹脂在顯影時變得容易被去除。另外,側鏈型特定樹脂可以含有包含2種以上的酸基之側鏈。The side chain type specific resin preferably further contains a side chain containing an acid group such as an alkali-soluble group. Thereby, the side chain type specific resin that is not hardened during exposure becomes easy to be removed during development. In addition, the side chain type specific resin may contain a side chain containing two or more kinds of acid groups.

作為側鏈型特定樹脂所含有的酸基,並無特別限定,羧酸基、酚性羥基及磺酸基等為較佳。The acid group contained in the side chain type specific resin is not particularly limited, but a carboxylic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and the like are preferable.

側鏈型特定樹脂的酸值為100mgKOH/g以下為較佳,10~50mgKOH/g為更佳。若在該範圍,則曝光時未被固定化之側鏈型特定樹脂在顯影時變得容易從硬化膜去除。The acid value of the side chain type specific resin is preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 10-50 mgKOH/g. If it is this range, the side chain type specific resin which is not immobilized at the time of exposure will become easy to remove from a cured film at the time of development.

含有酸基之側鏈可以藉由聚合反應而直接形成,亦可以藉由聚合反應後的化學轉換而形成。The side chain containing the acid group can be directly formed by polymerization reaction, or can be formed by chemical conversion after polymerization reaction.

側鏈型特定樹脂例如能夠藉由使共聚物與含有能夠與反應性基鍵結之官能基及聚合性基(較佳為乙烯性不飽和基)之化合物進行反應來合成,該共聚物可藉由使含有由通式(1)表示之基團(較佳為由通式(3)表示之基團)之單體、含有反應性基之單體、依據需要之含有酸基之單體和/或其他單體共聚而得。The side chain type specific resin can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a copolymer with a compound containing a functional group capable of bonding to a reactive group and a polymerizable group (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group). The copolymer can be By making a monomer containing a group represented by the general formula (1) (preferably a group represented by the general formula (3)), a monomer containing a reactive group, a monomer containing an acid group as required, and / Or copolymerized with other monomers.

在側鏈型特定樹脂的合成中使用的含有由通式(1)表示之基團之單體係由通式(4)表示之單體為較佳。 CH2 =CRs -COO-Z-(SiR1 R2 -O)nc -SiR1 R2 -R4 (4)The monomers represented by the general formula (4) containing the group represented by the general formula (1) used in the synthesis of the side chain type specific resin are preferred. CH 2 =CR s -COO-Z- (SiR 1 R 2 -O) nc -SiR 1 R 2 -R 4 (4)

通式(4)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基。R4 表示氫原子或碳數1~10的有機基團。 通式(4)中的R1 、R2 及R4 分別與通式(3)中的R1 、R2 及R4 相同。 通式(4)中,Rs 表示氫原子或甲基。 通式(4)中,Z表示單鍵或碳數為1~6的2價的有機基團。Z係碳數1~6的2價的碳化氫基為較佳,例如可舉出-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-CH2 CH2 CH2 -、-C(CH32 -、-CH(CH2 CH3 )-、-CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 -、-CH(CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-CH2 (CH2)3 CH2 -及-CH(CH2 CH(CH32 )-。In the general formula (4), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. 1, 1, the same general formula R (4) R 2 in general formula and R 4 are R (3) in R 2 and R 4. In the general formula (4), R s represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the general formula (4), Z represents a single bond or a divalent organic group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Z is preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples include -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2- , -C (CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH (CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH (CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ) -, -CH 2 (CH2) 3 CH 2 -and -CH (CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) 2 ) -.

作為含有反應性基之單體,並無特別限定,例如可舉出含有羥基之單體、含有乙烯性雙鍵之酸酐、含有羧酸基之單體及含有環氧基之單體,可以使用2種以上。另外,含有反應性基之單體不含有由通式(1)表示之基團為較佳。The reactive group-containing monomer is not particularly limited. For example, monomers containing hydroxyl groups, acid anhydrides containing ethylenic double bonds, monomers containing carboxylic acid groups, and monomers containing epoxy groups can be used. Two or more kinds. In addition, it is preferable that the monomer containing a reactive group does not contain the group represented by the general formula (1).

作為含有羥基之單體,例如可舉出2-(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯、2-(甲基)丙烯酸羥基丙酯、3-(甲基)丙烯酸羥基丙酯、4-(甲基)丙烯酸羥基丁酯、5-(甲基)丙烯酸羥基戊酯、6-(甲基)丙烯酸羥基己酯、4-羥基環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3-氯-2-(甲基)丙烯酸羥基丙酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基乙基乙烯醚、4-羥基丁基乙烯醚、環己二醇單乙烯醚、2-羥基乙基烯丙基醚、N-羥基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺及N,N-雙(羥基甲基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺。Examples of monomers containing a hydroxyl group include hydroxyethyl 2-(meth)acrylate, hydroxypropyl 2-(meth)acrylate, hydroxypropyl 3-(meth)acrylate, and 4-(methyl) Hydroxybutyl acrylate, hydroxypentyl 5-(meth)acrylate, hydroxyhexyl 6-(meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxycyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol mono(meth)acrylate , 3-chloro-2-(meth)hydroxypropyl acrylate, glycerol (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, 4-hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, cyclohexanediol monovinyl ether, 2- Hydroxyethyl allyl ether, N-hydroxymethyl(meth)acrylamide and N,N-bis(hydroxymethyl)(meth)acrylamide.

進而,含有羥基之單體可以含有末端為羥基之聚氧伸烷基。作為此類含有羥基之單體,例如可舉出CH2 =CHOCH2 C6 H10 CH2 O(CH2 CH2 O)k H、CH2 =CHOC4 H8 O(CH2 CH2 O)k H、CH2 =CHCOOCH2 CH2 O(CH2 CH2 O)k H、CH2 =C(CH3 )COOCH2 CH2 O(CH2 CH2 O)k H、CH2 =CHCOOCH2 CH2 O(CH2 CH2 O)m(C3 H6 O)j H、CH2 =C(CH3 )COOC2 H4 O(CH2 CH2 O)m (C3 H6 O)j H(k為1~100的整數,m為0~100的整數,j為1~100的整數,m+j為1~100。)等。另外,上述C6 H10 係伸環己基,C4 H8 係正伸丁基,C3 H6 係2-伸丙基。Furthermore, the monomer containing a hydroxyl group may contain a polyoxyalkylene group whose terminal is a hydroxyl group. Examples of such hydroxyl-containing monomers include CH 2 =CHOCH 2 C 6 H 10 CH 2 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) k H, CH 2 =CHOC 4 H 8 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) k H, CH 2 = CHCOOCH 2 CH 2 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) k H, CH 2 = C (CH 3 ) COOCH 2 CH 2 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) k H, CH 2 = CHCOOCH 2 CH 2 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) m (C 3 H 6 O) j H, CH 2 =C (CH 3 ) COOC 2 H 4 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) m (C 3 H 6 O) j H (K is an integer from 1 to 100, m is an integer from 0 to 100, j is an integer from 1 to 100, m+j is from 1 to 100.) and the like. In addition, the above-mentioned C 6 H 10 is cyclohexylene, C 4 H 8 is n-butylene, and C 3 H 6 is 2-propylene.

作為含有乙烯性雙鍵之酸酐,例如,可舉出順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、檸康酐、甲基-5-降莰烯-2,3-二羧酸酐、3,4,5,6-四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、順式-1,2,3,6-四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐及2-丁烯-1-基琥珀酸酐等。Examples of acid anhydrides containing ethylenic double bonds include maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,4,5 ,6-Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, cis-1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 2-buten-1-yl succinic anhydride, etc.

作為含有羧酸基之單體,例如,可舉出丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、乙烯乙酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、桂皮酸及該等的鹽等。Examples of monomers containing carboxylic acid groups include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, ethylene acetic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, and salts thereof. .

作為含有環氧基之單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯及3,4-環氧環己基甲基丙烯酸酯等。Examples of epoxy group-containing monomers include glycidyl (meth)acrylate and 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methacrylate.

作為含有酸基之單體,例如,可舉出含有羧酸基之單體、含有酚性羥基之單體及含有磺酸基之單體等,可以使用2種以上。另外,作為含有酸基之單體使用含有羧酸基之單體,作為含有反應性基之單體亦使用含有羧酸基之單體時,將最終未導入乙烯性雙鍵,作為羧酸基殘留者視為含有酸基之單體。As the monomer containing an acid group, for example, a monomer containing a carboxylic acid group, a monomer containing a phenolic hydroxyl group, a monomer containing a sulfonic acid group, and the like can be used. In addition, when a monomer containing a carboxylic acid group is used as a monomer containing an acid group, and a monomer containing a carboxylic acid group is also used as a monomer containing a reactive group, the ethylenic double bond will not be introduced at the end, and it will be used as the carboxylic acid group. The remaining ones are regarded as monomers containing acid groups.

作為含有酚性羥基之單體,例如可舉出鄰羥苯乙烯、間羥苯乙烯、對羥苯乙烯及該等的苯環的1個以上的氫原子被甲基、乙基、正丁基等烷基、甲氧基、乙氧基、正丁氧基等烷氧基、鹵素原子、含有1個以上的鹵素原子之鹵烷基、硝基、氰基和/或醯胺基等取代之化合物等。As monomers containing phenolic hydroxyl groups, for example, o-hydroxystyrene, m-hydroxystyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, and one or more hydrogen atoms of these benzene rings are substituted by methyl, ethyl, or n-butyl. Alkoxy groups such as alkyl groups, methoxy groups, ethoxy groups, n-butoxy groups, halogen atoms, haloalkyl groups containing more than one halogen atom, nitro groups, cyano groups and/or amide groups, etc. Compound etc.

作為含有磺酸基之單體,例如可舉出乙烯基磺酸、苯乙烯磺酸、(甲基)烯丙基磺酸、2-羥基-3-(甲基)烯丙氧基丙烷磺酸、(甲基)丙烯酸2-磺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-磺基丙酯、2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷磺酸及2-(甲基)丙烯醯胺-2-甲基丙烷磺酸等。Examples of monomers containing sulfonic acid groups include vinyl sulfonic acid, styrene sulfonic acid, (meth)allyl sulfonic acid, and 2-hydroxy-3-(methyl)allyloxy propane sulfonic acid. , 2-sulfoethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-sulfopropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)propenoxypropanesulfonic acid and 2-(meth)propylene Amide-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid and the like.

作為其他單體,例如可舉出碳化氫系烯烴類、乙烯醚類、異丙烯基醚類、烯丙基醚類、乙烯酯類、烯丙基酯類、(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺類、芳香族乙烯基化合物、氯烯烴類及共軛二烯類等,若考慮硬化膜的耐熱性,則(甲基)丙烯酸酯類或(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺類為較佳。另外,該等化合物可以含有羰基、烷氧基等官能基。Examples of other monomers include hydrocarbon-based olefins, vinyl ethers, isopropenyl ethers, allyl ethers, vinyl esters, allyl esters, (meth)acrylates, ( Meth)acrylamides, aromatic vinyl compounds, chloroolefins, and conjugated dienes, etc. If the heat resistance of the cured film is considered, (meth)acrylates or (meth)acrylamides For better. In addition, these compounds may contain functional groups such as carbonyl groups and alkoxy groups.

含有由通式(1)表示之基團之單體的質量相對於待共聚單體的總質量的比例為20~80質量%為較佳,30~60質量%為更佳。若在上述質量的範圍內,則硬化膜的低反射性、及硬化膜與基板的密接性的平衡良好。The ratio of the mass of the monomer containing the group represented by the general formula (1) to the total mass of the monomers to be copolymerized is preferably 20 to 80% by mass, more preferably 30 to 60% by mass. If it is within the above-mentioned mass range, the low reflectivity of the cured film and the adhesion between the cured film and the substrate are well balanced.

含有反應性基之單體的質量相對於待共聚單體的總質量的比例為20~70質量%為較佳,30~50質量%為更佳。若在該範圍,則側鏈型特定樹脂的固定化及顯影性變良好。The ratio of the mass of the reactive group-containing monomer to the total mass of the monomers to be copolymerized is preferably 20 to 70% by mass, more preferably 30 to 50% by mass. If it is this range, the immobilization and developability of a side chain type specific resin will become favorable.

含有酸基之單體的質量相對於待共聚單體的總質量的比例為2~20%為較佳,4~12%為更佳。若在該範圍,則曝光時未硬化的側鏈型特定樹脂的顯影性變良好。The ratio of the mass of the acid group-containing monomer to the total mass of the monomer to be copolymerized is preferably 2-20%, more preferably 4-12%. If it is this range, the developability of the side chain type specific resin which is not hardened at the time of exposure will become favorable.

從顯影性優異之觀點考慮,其他單體的質量相對於待共聚單體的總質量的比例為70質量%以下為較佳,50質量%以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of excellent developability, the ratio of the mass of other monomers to the total mass of the monomers to be copolymerized is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less.

包含含有由通式(1)表示之基團之側鏈和含有反應性基之側鏈,依據需要之含有酸基之側鏈之共聚物能夠如下合成:將含有由通式(1)表示之基團之單體、含有反應性基之單體、依據需要含有酸基之單體和/或其他單體溶解於溶劑並加熱,添加聚合起始劑來使其共聚。另外,共聚時,依據需要添加鏈轉移劑為較佳。又,亦可以連續添加單體、聚合起始劑、溶劑及鏈轉移劑。A copolymer containing a side chain containing a group represented by the general formula (1) and a side chain containing a reactive group, as required, can be synthesized as follows: a copolymer containing a side chain represented by the general formula (1) Group monomers, monomers containing reactive groups, monomers containing acid groups and/or other monomers as needed are dissolved in a solvent and heated, and a polymerization initiator is added to copolymerize them. In addition, during copolymerization, it is preferable to add a chain transfer agent as necessary. In addition, monomers, polymerization initiators, solvents, and chain transfer agents may be continuously added.

作為聚合起始劑、溶劑及鏈轉移劑,能夠使用國際公開第2007/69703號的段落0053~0056中記載者。As the polymerization initiator, solvent, and chain transfer agent, those described in paragraphs 0053 to 0056 of International Publication No. 2007/69703 can be used.

作為相對於反應性基之、和含有能夠與反應性基鍵結之官能基和聚合性基(較佳為乙烯性不飽和基)之化合物的組合,例如可舉出以下組合。 (1)相對於羥基,含有乙烯性不飽和基之酸酐、 (2)相對於羥基,含有異氰酸酯基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物、 (3)相對於羥基,含有氯化醯基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物、 (4)相對於酸酐,含有羥基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物、 (5)相對於羧酸基,含有環氧基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物、 (6)相對於環氧基,含有羧酸基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。As a combination of a reactive group and a compound containing a functional group capable of bonding to the reactive group and a polymerizable group (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group), for example, the following combinations can be mentioned. (1) Anhydrides containing ethylenically unsaturated groups relative to hydroxyl groups, (2) Compounds containing isocyanate groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups relative to hydroxyl groups, (3) Compounds containing chlorinated acyl groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups relative to hydroxyl groups, (4) Compared with acid anhydrides, compounds containing hydroxyl and ethylenically unsaturated groups, (5) Compounds containing epoxy groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups relative to carboxylic acid groups, (6) A compound containing a carboxylic acid group and an ethylenically unsaturated group relative to an epoxy group.

作為含有異氰酸酯基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,例如,可舉出2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯及1,1-雙((甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙基異氰酸酯等。其中,從含有具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和基之側鏈之側鏈型特定樹脂容易在硬化膜的上表面附近固定化的觀點考慮,1,1-雙((甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙基異氰酸酯為較佳。 作為含有氯化醯基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氯等。 作為含有乙烯性不飽和基之酸酐,例如能夠使用在前述含有反應性基之單體中例示之化合物。 作為含有羥基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,例如能夠使用在前述含有羥基之單體中例示之化合物。 作為含有環氧基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,例如能夠使用在前述含有環氧基之單體中例示之化合物。 作為含有羧酸基和乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,例如能夠使用在前述含有羧酸基之單體中例示之化合物。Examples of compounds containing isocyanate groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups include 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate and 1,1-bis((meth)acryloyloxymethyl)ethyl Group isocyanate and so on. Among them, from the viewpoint that side-chain type specific resins containing side chains with two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups are easily immobilized near the upper surface of the cured film, 1,1-bis((meth)acryloyloxy) Methyl)ethyl isocyanate is preferred. As a compound containing a chlorinated acyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, (meth)acrylic acid chloride etc. are mentioned, for example. As an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing acid anhydride, for example, the compounds exemplified in the aforementioned reactive group-containing monomers can be used. As the compound containing a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, for example, the compounds exemplified in the aforementioned hydroxyl group-containing monomer can be used. As the compound containing an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, for example, the compounds exemplified in the aforementioned epoxy group-containing monomer can be used. As the compound containing a carboxylic acid group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, for example, the compounds exemplified in the aforementioned carboxylic acid group-containing monomer can be used.

另外,在使包含含有由通式(1)表示之基團之側鏈和含有反應性基之側鏈,及依據需要之含有酸基之側鏈之共聚物與含有能夠與反應性基鍵結之官能基及聚合性基(較佳為乙烯性不飽和基)之化合物進行反應時,從硬化膜的外觀與低反射性的平衡優異之觀點考慮,上述化合物的官能基相對於上述共聚物的反應性基的當量比為0.5~2.0為較佳,0.8~1.5為更佳。In addition, a copolymer containing a side chain containing a group represented by the general formula (1) and a side chain containing a reactive group, and if necessary, a side chain containing an acid group, and a copolymer containing a side chain capable of bonding to the reactive group When the compound of the functional group and the polymerizable group (preferably ethylenically unsaturated group) reacts, from the viewpoint of the excellent balance between the appearance of the cured film and the low reflectivity, the functional group of the compound is relative to the copolymer The equivalent ratio of the reactive groups is preferably 0.5 to 2.0, and more preferably 0.8 to 1.5.

側鏈型特定樹脂能夠如下合成:使包含含有由通式(1)表示之基團之側鏈、含有反應性基之側鏈及依據需要之含有酸基之側鏈之共聚物與含有能夠與反應性基鍵結之官能基及乙烯性不飽和基之化合物溶解於溶劑中來進行反應。The side chain type specific resin can be synthesized as follows: a copolymer containing a side chain containing a group represented by the general formula (1), a side chain containing a reactive group, and a side chain containing an acid group as required, and a copolymer containing The functional group to which the reactive group is bonded and the compound of the ethylenically unsaturated group are dissolved in a solvent to react.

另外,如上所述,側鏈型特定樹脂中的含有酸基之側鏈亦能夠藉由聚合反應後的化學轉換來形成。例如,亦可以使包含含有由通式(1)表示之基團之側鏈及含有反應性基之側鏈之共聚物與含有能夠與反應性基鍵結之官能基及乙烯性不飽和基之化合物進行反應之後,形成酸基。具體而言,採用上述(6)的組合時,可以使在與環氧基及羧酸基的反應中生成的羥基與多元酸酐(順丁烯二酸酐等)進行反應並將羧酸基導入側鏈型特定樹脂中。In addition, as described above, the acid group-containing side chain in the side chain type specific resin can also be formed by chemical conversion after the polymerization reaction. For example, a copolymer containing a side chain containing a group represented by the general formula (1) and a side chain containing a reactive group and a copolymer containing a functional group capable of bonding to the reactive group and an ethylenically unsaturated group can also be used. After the compound reacts, an acid group is formed. Specifically, when the combination of (6) above is used, the hydroxyl group generated in the reaction with the epoxy group and the carboxylic acid group can be reacted with a polybasic acid anhydride (maleic anhydride, etc.) to introduce the carboxylic acid group into the side Chain type specific resin.

聚合性基(較佳為乙烯性不飽和基)相對於側鏈型特定樹脂的樹脂總質量的含量並無限制。 其中,側鏈型特定樹脂中,乙烯性不飽和基相對於樹脂總質量的含量為0.001~10.0mmol/g為較佳,0.1~2mmol/g為更佳。The content of the polymerizable group (preferably ethylenically unsaturated group) relative to the total resin mass of the side chain type specific resin is not limited. Among them, in the side chain type specific resin, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group relative to the total mass of the resin is preferably 0.001 to 10.0 mmol/g, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 mmol/g.

在本說明書中,有時將乙烯性不飽和基含量稱為“C=C價”。 在本說明書中,乙烯性不飽和基含量(C=C價)表示藉由以下方法測定的值。另外,在合成含有乙烯性不飽和基之樹脂時,可以從原料的使用量計算來代替測定。 又,在組成物含有複數種樹脂,且各樹脂的C=C價明確時,可以從各樹脂的摻合比算出作為組成物所含有的樹脂總質量的C=C價。In this specification, the ethylenically unsaturated group content may be referred to as "C=C valence". In this specification, the ethylenic unsaturated group content (C=C valence) means the value measured by the following method. In addition, when synthesizing a resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group, calculation can be made from the amount of raw materials used instead of measurement. Moreover, when the composition contains a plurality of resins and the C=C valence of each resin is clear, the C=C valence as the total mass of the resin contained in the composition can be calculated from the blending ratio of each resin.

作為測定樹脂的乙烯性不飽和基含量之方法,在乙烯性不飽和基為(甲基)丙烯醯基時,藉由以下方法測定。 首先,藉由離心分離法使組成物中的固體成分(黑色顏料等)沉澱並分取剩餘的液體成分。進而,利用GPC法,從所獲得之液體成分分取重量平均分子量在規定範圍的成分,並將此作為測定對象的樹脂。 接著,使成為測定對象之樹脂0.25mg溶解於THF(四氫呋喃:tetrahydrofuran)50mL,進而添加甲醇15mL,藉此製作溶液。 對所製作的溶液添加4N氫氧化鈉水溶液10mL來獲得混合液。接著,將上述混合液在液溫40℃攪拌2小時。進而,對混合液添加4N甲磺酸水溶液10.2mL,並進行攪拌。進而,對混合液添加脫鹽水5mL,繼續添加甲醇2mL,藉此製備測定溶液。 藉由HPLC(高效液相層析:high performance liquid chromatography)法(絕對校準曲線法)測定測定溶液中的(甲基)丙烯酸的含量,並計算乙烯性不飽和基含量。 HPLC測定條件管柱:Phenomenex製Synergi 4μ Polar-RP 80A(4.6mm×250mm) 管柱溫度:40℃ 流速:1.0mL/min 檢測器波長:210nm 洗提液:THF(四氫呋喃,HPLC用)55/緩衝水45 緩衝水:0.2%-磷酸、0.2%-三乙胺水溶液 注入量:5μLAs a method for measuring the ethylenic unsaturated group content of the resin, when the ethylenic unsaturated group is a (meth)acrylic acid group, it is measured by the following method. First, the solid components (black pigments, etc.) in the composition are precipitated by centrifugal separation and the remaining liquid components are separated. Furthermore, by the GPC method, a component having a weight average molecular weight within a predetermined range is fractionated from the obtained liquid component, and this is used as the resin to be measured. Next, 0.25 mg of the resin to be measured was dissolved in 50 mL of THF (tetrahydrofuran), and 15 mL of methanol was added to prepare a solution. 10 mL of 4N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution was added to the prepared solution to obtain a mixed solution. Next, the above-mentioned mixed liquid was stirred at a liquid temperature of 40°C for 2 hours. Furthermore, 10.2 mL of 4N methanesulfonic acid aqueous solution was added to the mixed liquid, and it stirred. Furthermore, 5 mL of desalinated water was added to the mixed solution, and 2 mL of methanol was continuously added to prepare a measurement solution. Measure the content of (meth)acrylic acid in the solution by HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography) method (absolute calibration curve method), and calculate the ethylenic unsaturated group content. HPLC determination condition column: Synergi 4μ Polar-RP 80A (4.6mm×250mm) manufactured by Phenomenex Column temperature: 40℃ Flow rate: 1.0mL/min Detector wavelength: 210nm Eluent: THF (tetrahydrofuran, for HPLC) 55/buffer water 45 Buffer water: 0.2%-phosphoric acid, 0.2%-triethylamine aqueous solution Injection volume: 5μL

作為測定樹脂的乙烯性不飽和基含量之方法,乙烯性不飽和基為除了(甲基)丙烯醯基以外的基團或併用(甲基)丙烯醯基與除了(甲基)丙烯醯基以外的基團時,可舉出針對利用上述方法分取的測定對象的樹脂測定溴化之方法。溴價按照JIS K2605:1996進行測定。 另外,其中,乙烯性不飽和基含量係從對以上述溴價獲得之被測定樹脂100g加成的溴(Br2 )的克數(gBr2 /100g)轉換為對每1g樹脂加成的溴(Br2 )的莫耳數的值。As a method for measuring the content of ethylenic unsaturated groups in resins, ethylenic unsaturated groups are groups other than (meth)acrylic groups or a combination of (meth)acrylic groups and other than (meth)acrylic groups In the case of the group, the method for measuring bromination of the resin to be measured separated by the above method can be mentioned. The bromine value is measured in accordance with JIS K2605:1996. In addition, the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups is converted from the number of grams of bromine (Br 2 ) added to 100 g of the resin to be measured (gBr 2 /100 g) obtained at the above bromine value to bromine added per 1 g of resin (Br 2 ) The value of the number of moles.

〔聚合性化合物〕 本發明的組成物含有聚合性化合物為較佳。 在本說明書中,聚合性化合物表示受到後述聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之化合物,且表示與後述分散劑及鹼可溶性樹脂不同的成分。 又,聚合性化合物表示與後述含有環氧基之化合物不同的成分。[Polymerizable compound] The composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. In this specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound that is polymerized by the action of a polymerization initiator described below, and means a component different from the dispersant and alkali-soluble resin described below. In addition, the polymerizable compound means a component different from the epoxy group-containing compound described later.

作為聚合性化合物在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分為1~35質量%為較佳,4~25質量%為更佳,10~20質量%為進一步較佳。聚合性化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上的聚合性化合物時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。 組成物中的特定樹脂的含量相對於聚合性化合物的質量比為0.1~50為較佳,0.1~20為更佳,0.1~2為更佳,0.2~2為特佳,0.2~1為最佳。上述含量的質量比表示組成物中的(特定樹脂的含量)/(聚合性化合物的含量)。 聚合性化合物係低分子化合物為較佳。在此所說的低分子化合物係分子量2000以下的化合物為較佳。 聚合性化合物不含有由通式(1)表示之重複單元為較佳,不含有(聚)矽氧烷結構為更佳。The content of the polymerizable compound in the composition is not particularly limited. It is preferably 1 to 35% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 4 to 25% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 20% by mass. Better. A polymerizable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are used, the total content is preferably within the above range. The content of the specific resin in the composition relative to the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1-50, more preferably 0.1-20, more preferably 0.1-2, particularly preferably 0.2-2, and most preferably 0.2-1 good. The mass ratio of the content indicates (content of specific resin)/(content of polymerizable compound) in the composition. The polymerizable compound is preferably a low-molecular compound. The low-molecular compound mentioned here is preferably a compound having a molecular weight of 2000 or less. The polymerizable compound preferably does not contain the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), and more preferably does not contain the (poly)siloxane structure.

聚合性化合物係含有乙烯性不飽和基之化合物為較佳。 亦即,本發明的組成物包含含有乙烯性不飽和基之低分子化合物作為聚合性化合物為較佳。 聚合性化合物含有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,含有2個以上之化合物為更佳,含有3個以上之化合物為進一步較佳,含有5個以上之化合物為特佳。上限例如為15個以下。作為乙烯性不飽和基,例如可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)芳基及(甲基)丙烯醯基等。The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group. That is, the composition of the present invention preferably contains a low-molecular compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group as the polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound preferably contains one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, more preferably two or more compounds, more preferably three or more compounds, and particularly preferably five or more compounds. The upper limit is, for example, 15 or less. As an ethylenically unsaturated group, a vinyl group, a (meth)aryl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為聚合性化合物,例如能夠使用日本特開2008-260927號公報的段落0050及日本特開2015-68893號公報的段落0040中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。As the polymerizable compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraph 0050 of JP 2008-260927 A and paragraph 0040 of JP 2015-68893 A can be used, and the above-mentioned contents are incorporated in this specification.

聚合性化合物例如可以為單體、預聚物、低聚物及該等的混合物以及該等的多聚體等化學形態中的任一個。 聚合性化合物係3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。The polymerizable compound may be, for example, any of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, oligomers, mixtures of these, and polymers of these. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3 to 15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a 3 to 6 functional (meth)acrylate compound is more preferable.

聚合性化合物係含有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0227、日本特開2008-292970號公報的段落0254~0257中記載之化合物,該內容引入本說明書中。The polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound containing one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups and having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure. For example, the compounds described in paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-29760 A and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

聚合性化合物係雙季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku CO.,LTD.製)、雙季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku CO.,LTD.製)、雙季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku CO.,LTD.製)、雙季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku CO.,LTD.製,A-DPH-12E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical CO., LTD製)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基介導乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基之結構(例如,由Sartomer company Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。亦能夠使用該等的寡聚物類型。又,可以使用NK Ester A-TMMT(季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯,Shin Nakamura Chemical Co.,LTD.製)、KAYARAD RP-1040、KAYARAD DPEA-12LT、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD RP-3060、KAYARAD DPEA-12(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)及VISCOAT #802(OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製)等。 以下示出較佳聚合性化合物的態樣。The polymerizable compound is dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.), and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku CO. , LTD.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product) , KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD., A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical CO., LTD) and these (meth)acrylic groups mediate ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues The structure (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from Sartomer company Inc.) is preferable. These oligomer types can also be used. In addition, NK Ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., LTD.), KAYARAD RP-1040, KAYARAD DPEA-12LT, KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD RP-3060, KAYARAD DPEA-12 ( Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and VISCOAT #802 (OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.), etc. The aspect of the preferable polymerizable compound is shown below.

聚合性化合物可具有羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基等酸基。作為含有酸基之聚合性化合物,脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族聚羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應來使其具有酸基之聚合性化合物為更佳,該酯中,脂肪族聚羥基化合物為季戊四醇和/或雙季戊四醇者為進一步較佳。作為市售品,例如可舉出TOAGOSEICO.,LTD.製之ARONIX TO-2349、M-305、M-510及M-520等。The polymerizable compound may have acid groups such as a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. As the polymerizable compound containing an acid group, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferred. The non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to give it an acid group The polymerizable compound is more preferable, and among the esters, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include ARONIX TO-2349, M-305, M-510, and M-520 manufactured by TOAGOSEICO., LTD.

作為含有酸基之聚合性化合物的酸值,0.1~40mgKOH/g為較佳,5~30mgKOH/g為更佳。若聚合性化合物的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則顯影溶解特性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則在製造和/或處理上有利。進而,光聚合性能良好且硬化性優異。As the acid value of the polymerizable compound containing an acid group, 0.1-40 mgKOH/g is preferable, and 5-30 mgKOH/g is more preferable. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the development dissolution characteristics are good, and if it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and/or handling. Furthermore, it has good photopolymerization performance and excellent curability.

關於聚合性化合物,含有己內酯結構之化合物亦為較佳態樣。 作為含有己內酯結構之化合物,只要在分子內含有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,例如,可舉出使三羥甲基乙烷、二三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、雙季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、雙甘油或三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯進行酯化來獲得之、ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。其中,含有由下述式(Z-1)表示之己內酯結構之化合物為較佳。Regarding the polymerizable compound, a compound containing a caprolactone structure is also a preferable aspect. The compound containing a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it contains a caprolactone structure in the molecule. For example, trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, and trimethylol Propane, ditrimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol or trimethylolmelamine and other polyols are esterified with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone to obtain, ε -Caprolactone is a modified polyfunctional (meth)acrylate. Among them, compounds containing a caprolactone structure represented by the following formula (Z-1) are preferred.

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image003
[Chemical Formula 1]
Figure 02_image003

在式(Z-1)中,6個R全部為以下述式(Z-2)表示之基團,或6個R中的1~5個為以下述式(Z-2)表示之基團,剩餘為以下述式(Z-3)表示之基團。In formula (Z-1), all 6 Rs are groups represented by the following formula (Z-2), or 1 to 5 of the 6 Rs are groups represented by the following formula (Z-2) , And the remainder are groups represented by the following formula (Z-3).

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image005
[Chemical Formula 2]
Figure 02_image005

在式(Z-2)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的數,“*”表示係鍵結鍵。In the formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents the number of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image007
[Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image007

在式(Z-3)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,“*”表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bonding bond.

含有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物例如由Nippon Kayaku CO.,LTD.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而市售,DPCA-20(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=2,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-30(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=3,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-60(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=6,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-120(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=2,以式(Z-2)表示之基團的數=6,R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)等。Polymeric compounds containing a caprolactone structure are commercially available as KAYARAD DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku CO., LTD., for example, DPCA-20 (in the above formulas (Z-1) to (Z-3), m=1, The number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 2, and R 1 is a compound with all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-30 (in the above formulas (Z-1) to (Z-3), m=1, according to the formula The number of groups represented by (Z-2) = 3, and R 1 is a compound with all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-60 (in the above formulas (Z-1) to (Z-3), m=1, according to the formula ( The number of groups represented by Z-2) = 6, and R 1 is a compound with all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-120 (in the above formulas (Z-1) to (Z-3), m=2, according to formula (Z -2) The number of represented groups=6, and R 1 is a compound with all hydrogen atoms) etc.

聚合性化合物還能夠使用由下述式(Z-6)表示之化合物。The polymerizable compound can also be a compound represented by the following formula (Z-6).

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image009
[Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image009

在式(Z-6)中,E分別獨立地表示-((CH2y CH2 O)-或((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-,y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,X分別獨立地表示(甲基)丙烯醯基、氫原子或羧酸基。 式(Z-6)中,p分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,q表示0~3的整數。 式(Z-6)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為(3+2t)個或(4+2t)個為較佳。 式(Z-6)中,各p的合計為0~(40+20t)為較佳。 p為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。 各p的合計為0~(16+8t)為較佳,0~(12+6t)為更佳。In formula (Z-6), E each independently represents -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or ((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)-, y independently represents 0~10 Integer of, X each independently represents a (meth)acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom or a carboxylic acid group. In formula (Z-6), p independently represents an integer of 0-10, and q represents an integer of 0-3. In formula (Z-6), the total number of (meth)acrylic groups is preferably (3+2t) or (4+2t). In formula (Z-6), the total of each p is preferably 0 to (40+20t). It is preferable that p is an integer of 0-6, and an integer of 0-4 is more preferable. The total of each p is preferably 0 to (16+8t), and more preferably 0 to (12+6t).

又,式(Z-6)中的-((CH2y CH2 O)-或((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-係氧原子側的末端鍵結於X之形態為較佳。In addition, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or ((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- in formula (Z-6) is bonded to X at the end on the oxygen atom side: Better.

由式(Z-6)表示之化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。尤其,t=1的情況下,6個X全部為丙烯醯基的化合物和6個X中至少1個為氫原子的化合物的混合物之態樣為較佳。藉由設為此類結構,能夠更加提高顯影性。 又,使用t的值分別不同之由式(Z-6)表示之化合物的混合物亦較佳。作為此類混合物,t=1的化合物、t=2的化合物、t=3的化合物各自的含量依次分別為5~35質量%、30~75質量%、3~35質量%為較佳。The compound represented by formula (Z-6) may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used. In particular, in the case of t=1, a mixture of a compound in which all of the six Xs are acryloyl groups and a compound in which at least one of the six Xs is a hydrogen atom is preferred. With such a structure, the developability can be further improved. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a mixture of compounds represented by formula (Z-6) having different values of t. As such a mixture, the content of each of the compound with t=1, the compound with t=2, and the compound with t=3 is preferably 5 to 35% by mass, 30 to 75% by mass, and 3 to 35% by mass, respectively.

又,作為由式(Z-6)表示之化合物在聚合性化合物中的總含量,20質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳。 在由式(Z-6)表示之化合物中,新戊四醇衍生物、二新戊四醇衍生物、三新戊四醇衍生物和/或四新戊四醇衍生物為更佳。In addition, as the total content of the compound represented by the formula (Z-6) in the polymerizable compound, 20% by mass or more is preferable, and 50% by mass or more is more preferable. Among the compounds represented by the formula (Z-6), neopentylerythritol derivatives, dineopentylerythritol derivatives, trineopentylerythritol derivatives and/or tetraneopentylerythritol derivatives are more preferable.

又,聚合性化合物可以含有卡多(Cardo)骨架。 作為含有卡多骨架之聚合性化合物,具有9,9-二芳基芴骨架之聚合性化合物為較佳。 作為含有卡多骨架之聚合性化合物,並無限定,例如,可舉出Oncoat EX系列(NAGASE & CO., LTD製)及Ogsol (Osaka Gas Chemicals Co.,LTD.製)等。 聚合性化合物係含有異三聚氰酸骨架作為中心核之化合物亦較佳。作為此類聚合性化合物的例子,例如可舉出NK Ester A-9300(Shin Nakamura Chemical Co.,LTD.製)。 聚合性化合物的乙烯性不飽和基的含量(表示將聚合性化合物中的乙烯性不飽和基數除以聚合性化合物的分子量(g/mol)之值)係5.0mmol/g以上為較佳。上限並無特別限制,通常為20.0mmol/g以下。 另外,組成物中含有複數種聚合性化合物,且各自的雙鍵當量不相同時,分別將全聚合性化合物中的各聚合性化合物的質量比與各聚合性化合物的雙鍵當量之積合計的值在上述範圍內為較佳。In addition, the polymerizable compound may contain a Cardo skeleton. As the polymerizable compound containing a cardo skeleton, a polymerizable compound having a 9,9-diarylfluorene skeleton is preferred. The polymerizable compound containing a cardo skeleton is not limited, and examples thereof include Oncoat EX series (manufactured by NAGASE & CO., LTD) and Ogsol (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., LTD.). The polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound containing an isocyanuric acid skeleton as a central core. As an example of such a polymerizable compound, NK Ester A-9300 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., LTD.) is mentioned, for example. The content of the ethylenically unsaturated group of the polymerizable compound (representing the value obtained by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in the polymerizable compound by the molecular weight (g/mol) of the polymerizable compound) is preferably 5.0 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is usually 20.0 mmol/g or less. In addition, when the composition contains multiple types of polymerizable compounds and the double bond equivalents of each are not the same, the mass ratio of each polymerizable compound in the fully polymerizable compound and the product of the double bond equivalent of each polymerizable compound are added up. The value is preferably within the above range.

〔光聚合起始劑〕 上述組成物含有光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,只要能夠使聚合性化合物的聚合起始,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。作為光聚合起始劑,例如對從紫外線區域至可見光區域具有感光性之光聚合起始劑為較佳。又,聚合起始劑可以為與被光激發之光敏劑產生某些作用,並生成活性自由基之活性劑,亦可以為依據聚合性化合物的種類而引發陽離子聚合之起始劑。 關於光聚合起始劑,從可獲得低反射性更優異之硬化膜的觀點考慮,使光聚合起始劑在乙腈溶解0.001質量%的溶液的光路長度10mm的波長340nm中的吸光度成為0.45以上為較佳。 另外,在本說明書中,利用紫外可見近紅外分光光度計U-4100(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製)來測定上述光聚合起始劑的溶液的吸光度。〔Photopolymerization initiator〕 The above composition contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate the polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used. As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a photopolymerization initiator having photosensitivity from an ultraviolet region to a visible light region is preferable. In addition, the polymerization initiator may be an active agent that has some effect with the photosensitizer excited by light and generates active free radicals, or it may be an initiator that initiates cationic polymerization according to the type of polymerizable compound. Regarding the photopolymerization initiator, from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured film with more excellent low reflectivity, the optical path length of a solution of 0.001% by mass of the photopolymerization initiator dissolved in acetonitrile is 0.45 or more at a wavelength of 340nm. Better. In addition, in this specification, the absorbance of the solution of the said photopolymerization initiator is measured with the ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectrophotometer U-4100 (made by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.).

作為光聚合起始劑在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分為0.5~20質量%為較佳,1.0~10質量%為更佳,1.5~8質量%為進一步較佳。光聚合起始劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上的聚合起始劑時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the composition is not particularly limited. It is preferably 0.5-20% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 1.0-10% by mass, and 1.5-8% by mass. It is further preferred. A photoinitiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more kinds of polymerization initiators are used, the total content is preferably within the above range.

作為光聚合起始劑,例如,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,含有三嗪骨架的化合物、含有噁二唑骨架的化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫代化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、胺基苯乙酮化合物及羥基苯乙酮等。 作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0265~0268,該內容引入本說明書中。As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, triazine skeleton-containing compounds, oxadiazole skeleton-containing compounds, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as phosphine oxide, hexaaryl bis Oxime compounds such as imidazole and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, etc. As a specific example of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, paragraphs 0265 to 0268 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

作為光聚合起始劑,更具體而言,例如還能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑及日本專利第4225898號公報中記載之醯基膦系起始劑。 作為羥基苯乙酮化合物,例如能夠使用IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959及IRGACURE-127(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。 作為胺基苯乙酮化合物,例如能夠使用市售品IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369及IRGACURE-379EG(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。作為胺基苯乙酮化合物,亦能夠使用吸收波長與波長365nm或波長405nm等長波光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179公報中記載之化合物。 作為醯基膦化合物,能夠使用市售品IRGACURE-819及IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As the photopolymerization initiator, more specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and the phosphine-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used. Starter. As the hydroxyacetophenone compound, for example, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (brand names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone compound, for example, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379EG (brand names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone compound, the compound described in JP 2009-191179 gazette whose absorption wavelength is matched with a long-wave light source such as a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm can also be used. As the phosphine compound, commercially available products IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (brand names: both manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.

(肟化合物) 作為光聚合起始劑,肟酯系聚合起始劑(肟化合物)為更佳。尤其肟化合物的靈敏度高且聚合效率高,並容易將黑色著色劑在組成物中的含量設高,因此較佳。 作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報記載之化合物或日本特開2006-342166號公報記載之化合物。 作為肟化合物,例如可舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 又,亦可舉出J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.1653-1660、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、光聚合物科學與技術雜誌(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)(1995年)pp.202-232、日本特開2000-066385號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報、日本特表2004-534797號公報及日本特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中記載之化合物等。 市售品中,IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF公司製)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF公司製)、IRGACURE-OXE03(BASF公司製)或IRGACURE-OXE04(BASF公司製)亦較佳。又,還能夠使用TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)、Adeka Arkls NCI-831、Adeka Arkls NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)或N-1919(含咔唑•肟酯骨架光起始劑(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。(Oxime compound) As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime ester-based polymerization initiator (oxime compound) is more preferable. In particular, the oxime compound has high sensitivity and high polymerization efficiency, and it is easy to set the content of the black colorant in the composition high, so it is preferable. As specific examples of the oxime compound, the compound described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compound described in JP 2000-080068 A, or the compound described in JP 2006-342166 A can be used. As the oxime compound, for example, 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyimino Butan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyloxy Imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-benzene Propane-1-one and so on. In addition, JCSPerkin II (1979) pp.1653-1660, JCSPerkin II (1979) pp.156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) ) Pp.202-232, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-066385, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166 Recorded compounds, etc. Among the commercially available products, IRGACURE-OXE01 (made by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (made by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE03 (made by BASF), or IRGACURE-OXE04 (made by BASF) are also preferred. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Qiangli Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkls NCI-831, Adeka Arkls NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) or N-1919 (containing carbazole•oxime ester skeleton light Starter (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

又,作為上述記載以外的肟化合物,可以使用在咔唑N位上連接有肟之日本特表2009-519904號公報中記載之化合物;在二苯甲酮部位導入有雜(hetero)取代基之美國專利第7626957號公報中記載之化合物;在色素部位導入有硝基之日本特開2010-015025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號中記載之化合物;國際公開第2009-131189號中記載之酮肟化合物;及在同一分子內含有三嗪骨架和肟骨架之美國專利7556910號公報中記載之化合物;在405nm處具有吸收極大且對g射線光源具有良好的靈敏度之日本特開2009-221114號公報中記載之化合物;等。 例如能夠參考日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0274~0275,該內容引入本說明書中。 具體而言,作為肟化合物,由下述式(OX-1)表示之化合物為較佳。另外,肟化合物的N-O鍵可以係(E)體的肟化合物,亦可以係(Z)體的肟化合物,還可以係(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。In addition, as oxime compounds other than those described above, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-519904 in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of carbazole can be used; those with hetero substituents introduced at the benzophenone site The compound described in U.S. Patent No. 7626957; the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-015025 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2009-292039 in which a nitro group is introduced into the pigment site; and the compound described in International Publication No. 2009-131189 Ketone oxime compounds; and compounds described in U.S. Patent No. 7556910 containing triazine skeletons and oxime skeletons in the same molecule; Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-221114, which has great absorption at 405nm and good sensitivity to g-ray light sources Compounds recorded in the bulletin; etc. For example, paragraphs 0274 to 0275 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated into this specification. Specifically, as the oxime compound, a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1) is preferred. In addition, the N-O bond of the oxime compound may be an oxime compound in the (E) form, or an oxime compound in the (Z) form, or a mixture of the (E) form and the (Z) form.

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image011
[Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image011

在式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價的取代基,A表示二價的有機基團,Ar表示芳基。 在式(OX-1)中,作為由R表示之一價的取代基,一價的非金屬原子團為較佳。 作為一價的非金屬原子團,可舉出烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、雜環基、烷基硫代羰基及芳基硫代羰基等。又,該等基團可具有1個以上的取代基。又,前述取代基可進一步被其他取代基取代。 作為取代基,可舉出鹵原子、芳氧基、烷氧羰基或芳氧羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基及芳基等。 在式(OX-1)中,作為由B表示之一價的取代基,芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基或雜環羰基為較佳,芳基或雜環基為更佳。該等基團可具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,能夠例示前述取代基。 在式(OX-1)中,作為由A表示之二價的有機基團,碳數1~12的伸烷基、伸環烷基或伸炔基為較佳。該等基團可具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,能夠例示前述取代基。In formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. In the formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by R, a monovalent non-metal atomic group is preferred. Examples of the monovalent non-metal atomic group include alkyl groups, aryl groups, acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, heterocyclic groups, alkylthiocarbonyl groups, and arylthiocarbonyl groups. In addition, these groups may have one or more substituents. In addition, the aforementioned substituent may be further substituted with another substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group. In formula (OX-1), as the monovalent substituent represented by B, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group is preferable, and an aryl group or a heterocyclic group is more preferable. These groups may have more than one substituent. As the substituent, the aforementioned substituents can be exemplified. In the formula (OX-1), as the divalent organic group represented by A, an alkylene group, cycloalkylene group or alkynylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. These groups may have more than one substituent. As the substituent, the aforementioned substituents can be exemplified.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用含有氟原子之肟化合物。作為含有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物;日本特表2014-500852號公報中記載之化合物24、36~40;及日本特開2013-164471號公報中記載之化合物(C-3);等。該內容引入本說明書中。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound containing a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds containing fluorine atoms include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A; compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP 2014-500852 A; and JP 2013 -Compound (C-3) described in Bulletin No. 164471; etc. This content is incorporated into this manual.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用由下述通式(1)~(4)表示之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (4) can also be used.

[化學式6]

Figure 02_image013
[Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image013

[化學式7]

Figure 02_image015
[Chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image015

在式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數4~20的脂環式烴基、碳數6~30的芳基或碳數7~30的芳烷基,R1 及R2 為苯基時,苯基彼此可鍵結而形成茀基,R3 及R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵結或羰基。In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbons, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbons, or 7 to 30 carbons. When R 1 and R 2 are phenyl groups, the phenyl groups can be bonded to each other to form a stilbene group. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, and 6 carbon atoms. ~30 aryl group, C 7-30 aralkyl group or C 4-20 heterocyclic group, X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

在式(2)中,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 的含義與式(1)中的R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 相同,R5 表示-R6 、-OR6 、-SR6 、-COR6 、-CONR6 R6 、-NR6 COR6 、-OCOR6 、-COOR6 、-SCOR6 、-OCSR6 、-COSR6 、-CSOR6 、-CN、鹵原子或羥基,R6 表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵結或羰基,a表示0~4的整數。In the formula (2), R 1, 1, R 2 , the same as R 2, R 3 and R 4 meaning as in formula R (1) in R 3 and R 4, R 5 represents -R 6, -OR 6 , -SR 6 , -COR 6 , -CONR 6 R 6 , -NR 6 COR 6 , -OCOR 6 , -COOR 6 , -SCOR 6 , -OCSR 6 , -COSR 6 , -CSOR 6 , -CN, halogen atom Or hydroxyl, R 6 represents an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, an aryl group with 6 to 30 carbons, an aralkyl group with 7 to 30 carbons, or a heterocyclic group with 4 to 20 carbons, and X represents a direct bond or In the carbonyl group, a represents an integer of 0-4.

在式(3)中,R1 表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數4~20的脂環式烴基、碳數6~30的芳基或碳數7~30的芳烷基,R3 及R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵結或羰基。In formula (3), R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbons, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbons, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbons, R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbons, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbons, or a heterocyclic group having 4 to 20 carbons, X Represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

在式(4)中,R1 、R3 及R4 與式(3)中的R1 、R3 及R4 的含義相同,R5 表示-R6 、-OR6 、-SR6 、-COR6 、-CONR6 R6 、-NR6 COR6 、-OCOR6 、-COOR6 、-SCOR6 、-OCSR6 、-COSR6 、-CSOR6 、-CN、鹵原子或羥基,R6 表示碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~30的芳基、碳數7~30的芳烷基或碳數4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵結或羰基,a表示0~4的整數。In the formula (4), R 1, 1, the same meaning as R 3 and R 4 R 3 and R 4 of the formula R (3) in, R 5 represents -R 6, -OR 6, -SR 6 , - COR 6 , -CONR 6 R 6 , -NR 6 COR 6 , -OCOR 6 , -COOR 6 , -SCOR 6 , -OCSR 6 , -COSR 6 , -CSOR 6 , -CN, halogen atom or hydroxyl, R 6 represents An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbons, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbons, or a heterocyclic group having 4 to 20 carbons. X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group, and a represents 0 to An integer of 4.

在上述式(1)及式(2)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環己基或苯基為較佳。R3 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或二甲苯基為較佳。 R4 為碳數1~6的烷基或苯基為較佳。R5 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或萘基為較佳。X為直接鍵結為較佳。 又,在上述式(3)及(4)中,R1 分別獨立地為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環己基或苯基為較佳。R3 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或二甲苯基為較佳。R4 為碳數1~6的烷基或苯基為較佳。R5 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或萘基為較佳。X為直接鍵結為較佳。 作為由式(1)及式(2)表示之化合物的具體例,例如,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落0076~0079中記載之化合物。該內容引入本說明書中。In the above formula (1) and formula (2), it is preferred that R 1 and R 2 are independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclohexyl or phenyl. R 3 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or xylyl. Preferably, R 4 is an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 5 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or naphthyl. X is preferably a direct bond. In addition, in the above formulas (3) and (4), it is preferable that R 1 is independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclohexyl or phenyl. R 3 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or xylyl. Preferably, R 4 is an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 5 is preferably methyl, ethyl, phenyl, tolyl or naphthyl. X is preferably a direct bond. As a specific example of the compound represented by Formula (1) and Formula (2), for example, the compound described in paragraphs 0076 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A can be cited. This content is incorporated into this manual.

以下示出可在上述組成物中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例。在以下所示肟化合物中,由通式(C-13)表示之肟化合物為更佳。 又,作為肟化合物,例如亦能夠使用國際公開第2015-036910號的表1中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。Specific examples of oxime compounds that can be preferably used in the above composition are shown below. Among the oxime compounds shown below, the oxime compound represented by the general formula (C-13) is more preferred. In addition, as the oxime compound, for example, the compounds described in Table 1 of International Publication No. 2015-036910 can also be used, and the above-mentioned contents are incorporated in this specification.

[化學式8]

Figure 02_image017
[化學式9]
Figure 02_image019
[Chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image017
[Chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image019

肟化合物在350~500nm的波長區域具有極大吸收為較佳,在360~480nm的波長區域具有極大吸收為更佳,365nm及405nm的波長的吸光度較高為進一步較佳。 從靈敏度的觀點考慮,肟化合物的365nm或405nm中的莫耳吸光係數為1,000~300,000為較佳,2,000~300,000為更佳,5,000~200,000為進一步較佳。 化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法測定,例如藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer:分光光度計),使用乙酸乙酯在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。 光聚合起始劑可依據需要組合2種以上來使用。It is preferable that the oxime compound has a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 350 to 500 nm, and it is more preferable to have a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 360 to 480 nm, and it is even more preferable that the absorbance at wavelengths of 365 nm and 405 nm is higher. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and even more preferably 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method, for example, by an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Corporation), using ethyl acetate at a concentration of 0.01 g/L to be measured as Better. The photopolymerization initiator can be used in combination of two or more types as necessary.

又,作為光聚合起始劑,例如亦能夠使用日本特開第2008-260927號公報的段落0052、日本特開第2010-097210號公報的段落0033~0037、日本特開第2015-68893號公報的段落0044中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, for example, paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-260927, paragraphs 0033 to 0037 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-097210, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-68893 may also be used. For the compound described in paragraph 0044 of, the above content is incorporated into this specification.

〔其他樹脂〕 本發明的組成物可以含有除了上述特定樹脂以外的其他樹脂。 其他樹脂不含有由通式(1)表示之重複單元為較佳,不含有(聚)矽氧烷結構為更佳。 作為其他樹脂,例如可舉出分散劑及鹼可溶性樹脂等。 作為其他樹脂在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分,3~60質量%為較佳,10~40質量%為更佳,15~35質量%為進一步較佳。其他樹脂可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。例如,作為其他樹脂,可使用後述分散劑和後述鹼可溶性樹脂。使用2種以上的其他樹脂時,合計含量在上述範圍內者為較佳。 其他樹脂係溶解於組成物中的物質且分子量大於2000的為較佳。另外,其他樹脂的分子量為多分散時,重量平均分子量大於2000為較佳。〔Other resins〕 The composition of the present invention may contain other resins other than the above-mentioned specific resin. It is preferable that other resins do not contain the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), and it is more preferable that they do not contain a (poly)siloxane structure. Examples of other resins include dispersants and alkali-soluble resins. The content of other resins in the composition is not particularly limited. With respect to the total solid content of the composition, 3-60% by mass is preferable, 10-40% by mass is more preferable, and 15-35% by mass is further more. good. The other resins may be used singly or in two or more types. For example, as other resins, a dispersant described later and an alkali-soluble resin described later can be used. When two or more other resins are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned range. Other resins are preferably dissolved in the composition and have a molecular weight greater than 2000. In addition, when the molecular weight of other resins is polydisperse, the weight average molecular weight is preferably greater than 2,000.

<分散劑> 組成物含有分散劑為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,分散劑表示與後述鹼可溶性樹脂不同的化合物。 作為分散劑在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分,3~40質量%為較佳,5~35質量%為更佳,10~30質量%為進一步較佳。 分散劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上的分散劑時,合計含量在上述範圍內者為較佳。 又,組成物中的分散劑(較佳為接枝型高分子)的含量相對於顏料的含量的質量比(分散劑的含量/顏料的含量)為0.05~1.00為較佳,0.05~0.35為更佳,0.20~0.35為進一步較佳。<Dispersant> The composition preferably contains a dispersant. In addition, in this specification, a dispersant means a compound different from the alkali-soluble resin mentioned later. The content of the dispersant in the composition is not particularly limited. With respect to the total solid content of the composition, 3-40% by mass is preferable, 5-35% by mass is more preferable, and 10-30% by mass is more preferable. good. A dispersant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more dispersants are used, the total content is preferably within the above range. In addition, the mass ratio of the content of the dispersant (preferably grafted polymer) to the content of the pigment (dispersant content/pigment content) in the composition is preferably 0.05 to 1.00, and 0.05 to 0.35 is More preferably, 0.20 to 0.35 is even more preferable.

作為分散劑,例如能夠適當選擇公知的分散劑來使用。其中,高分子化合物為較佳。 作為分散劑,可舉出高分子分散劑〔例如,聚醯胺胺及其鹽、聚羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物〕、聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺及顏料衍生物等。 高分子化合物能夠依據其結構進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。As the dispersant, for example, a known dispersant can be appropriately selected and used. Among them, polymer compounds are preferred. As the dispersant, a polymer dispersant (for example, polyamide amine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, Modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid copolymer, formalin naphthalenesulfonate condensate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkyl amine and pigment derivatives. Polymer compounds can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal modified polymers, grafted polymers, and block polymers based on their structures.

•高分子化合物 高分子化合物吸附於黑色顏料及依據所需併用之其他顏料(以下,將黑色顏料及其他顏料亦簡單統稱為“顏料”)等被分散體的表面,發揮防止被分散體的再凝聚之作用。因此,含有對顏料表面的固著部位之末端改質型高分子、接枝型(含有高分子鏈)高分子或嵌段型高分子為較佳。•High molecular compound The polymer compound is adsorbed on the surface of the dispersed body such as the black pigment and other pigments used in combination as required (hereinafter, black pigments and other pigments are also simply referred to as "pigments"), and play a role in preventing re-agglomeration of the dispersed body. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft-type (containing polymer chain) polymer, or a block-type polymer containing a fixed site on the pigment surface is preferable.

上述高分子化合物可以含有硬化性基。 作為硬化性基,例如可舉出乙烯性不飽和基(例如(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基及苯乙烯基等)及環狀醚基(例如環氧基、氧雜環丁基等)等,但並不限於該等。 其中,作為硬化性基,從在自由基反應中能夠進行聚合控制的觀點考慮,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。The above-mentioned polymer compound may contain a curable group. Examples of the curable group include ethylenically unsaturated groups (for example, (meth)acryloyl, vinyl, and styryl groups) and cyclic ether groups (for example, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, etc.) Etc., but not limited to them. Among them, as the curable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred from the viewpoint of enabling polymerization control in a radical reaction, and a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferred.

具有硬化性基之樹脂(其他樹脂)含有選自包括聚酯結構及聚醚結構之群組中的至少1種為較佳。此時,可以在主鏈含有聚酯結構和/或聚醚結構,如後述在上述樹脂包含含有接枝鏈之結構單元時,上述高分子鏈可以含有聚酯結構和/或聚醚結構。 作為上述樹脂,上述高分子鏈含有聚酯結構為更佳。The resin (other resin) having a curable group preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester structure and a polyether structure. In this case, the main chain may contain a polyester structure and/or a polyether structure. As described later, when the resin contains a structural unit containing a graft chain, the polymer chain may contain a polyester structure and/or a polyether structure. As the resin, it is more preferable that the polymer chain contains a polyester structure.

高分子化合物包含含有接枝鏈之結構單元為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“結構單元”與“重複單元”的含義相同。 含有該種含有接枝鏈之結構單元之高分子化合物藉由接枝鏈具有與溶劑的親和性,因此顏料等的分散性及經時後的分散穩定性(經時穩定性)優異。又,藉由存在接枝鏈,包含含有接枝鏈之結構單元之高分子化合物與聚合性化合物或其他能夠併用之樹脂(特定樹脂等)等具有親和性。其結果,在鹼顯影中不易生成殘渣。 若接枝鏈變長,則立體排斥效果提高而顏料等的分散性得到提高。另一方面,若接枝鏈過長,則對顏料等的吸附力下降,顏料等的分散性具有下降的傾向。因此,接枝鏈中,除氫原子以外的原子數為40~10000為較佳,除氫原子以外的原子數為50~2000為更佳,除氫原子以外的原子數為60~500為進一步較佳。 其中,接枝鏈表示共聚物的主鏈的根部(從主鏈支化之基團中與主鏈鍵結之原子)至從主鏈支化之基團的末端。The polymer compound preferably contains a structural unit containing a graft chain. In addition, in this specification, "structural unit" and "repeating unit" have the same meaning. The polymer compound containing the structural unit containing the graft chain has affinity with the solvent due to the graft chain, so the dispersibility of the pigment and the like and the dispersion stability over time (stability over time) are excellent. In addition, by the presence of the graft chain, the polymer compound containing the structural unit containing the graft chain has affinity with the polymerizable compound or other resins (specific resins etc.) that can be used in combination. As a result, residues are less likely to be generated during alkali development. If the graft chain becomes longer, the steric repulsion effect is improved and the dispersibility of the pigment and the like is improved. On the other hand, if the graft chain is too long, the adsorption force to the pigment or the like will decrease, and the dispersibility of the pigment or the like will tend to decrease. Therefore, in the graft chain, the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is preferably from 40 to 10,000, the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is more preferably from 50 to 2000, and the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is from 60 to 500. Better. Wherein, the graft chain means the root of the main chain of the copolymer (atoms bonded to the main chain from the group branched from the main chain) to the end of the group branched from the main chain.

接枝鏈含有聚合物結構為較佳,作為該種聚合物結構,例如可舉出聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構(例如,聚(甲基)丙烯酸結構)、聚酯結構、聚胺基甲酸酯結構、聚脲結構、聚醯胺結構及聚醚結構等。 為了提高接枝鏈與溶劑的相互作用性,並藉此提高顏料等的分散性,接枝鏈係含有選自包括聚酯結構、聚醚結構及聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構之群組中之至少1種之接枝鏈為較佳,含有聚酯結構及聚醚結構中的至少一個之接枝鏈為更佳。The graft chain preferably contains a polymer structure. Examples of the polymer structure include poly(meth)acrylate structures (for example, poly(meth)acrylic acid structures), polyester structures, and polyurethane structures. Acid ester structure, polyurea structure, polyamide structure and polyether structure, etc. In order to improve the interaction between the graft chain and the solvent, and thereby improve the dispersibility of pigments, etc., the graft chain contains selected from the group consisting of polyester structure, polyether structure and poly(meth)acrylate structure At least one graft chain is preferable, and a graft chain containing at least one of a polyester structure and a polyether structure is more preferable.

作為含有此類接枝鏈之巨單體(具有聚合物結構,鍵結在共聚物的主鏈來構成接枝鏈之單體),並無特別限定,能夠較佳地使用含有反應性雙鍵性基團之巨單體。As a macromonomer containing such a graft chain (a monomer that has a polymer structure and is bonded to the main chain of the copolymer to form the graft chain), there is no particular limitation, and a reactive double bond can be preferably used. The giant monomer of the sex group.

作為與高分子化合物所含有之含有接枝鏈之結構單元對應且較佳地用於合成高分子化合物之市售的巨單體,可使用AA-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AA-10(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AB-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AS-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AN-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AW-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AA-714(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AY-707(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AY-714(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AK-5(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AK-30(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AK-32(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、Blemmer PP-100(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)、Blemmer PP-500(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)、Blemmer PP-800(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)、Blemmer PP-1000(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)、Blemmer 55-PET-800(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)、Blemmer PME-4000(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)、Blemmer PSE-400(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)、Blemmer PSE-1300(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)或Blemmer 43PAPE-600B(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)等。其中,AA-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AA-10(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AB-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AS-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、AN-6(商品名,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、或Blemmer PME-4000(商品名,NOF CORPORATION.製)為較佳。As a commercially available macromonomer that corresponds to the graft chain-containing structural unit contained in the polymer compound and is preferably used in the synthesis of polymer compounds, AA-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. ), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AS-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AW-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AA-714 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AY- 707 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AY-714 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AK-5 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AK-30 ( Trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AK-32 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), Blemmer PP-100 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PP-500 (trade name, NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PP-800 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PP-1000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer 55-PET-800 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PME-4000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PSE-400 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), Blemmer PSE-1300 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.) or Blemmer 43PAPE-600B (trade name, NOF CORPORATION.) etc. Among them, AA-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AS-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), or Blemmer PME-4000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) is preferable.

上述分散劑含有選自包括聚丙烯酸甲酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯及環狀或鏈狀的聚酯之群組中的至少1種結構為較佳,含有選自包括聚丙烯酸甲酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯及鏈狀的聚酯之群組中的至少1種結構為更佳,含有選自包括聚丙烯酸甲酯結構、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯結構、聚己內酯結構及聚戊內酯結構之群組中的至少1種結構為進一步較佳。分散劑可以為在1種分散劑中單獨含有上述結構的分散劑,亦可以為在1種分散劑中含有複數種此類結構的分散劑。 其中,聚己內酯結構表示含有開環ε-己內酯結構作為重複單元的結構。聚戊內酯結構表示含有開環δ-戊內酯結構作為重複單元的結構。 作為含有聚己內酯結構之分散劑的具體例,可舉出下述式(1)及下述式(2)中的j及k為5的分散劑。又,作為含有聚戊內酯結構之分散劑的具體例,可舉出下述式(1)及下述式(2)中的j及k為4的分散劑。 作為含有聚丙烯酸甲酯結構之分散劑的具體例,可舉出下述式(4)中的X5 為氫原子,且R4 為甲基的分散劑。又,作為含有聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯結構之分散劑的具體例,可舉出下述式(4)中的X5 為甲基,且R4 為甲基的分散劑。The above-mentioned dispersant preferably contains at least one structure selected from the group consisting of polymethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, and cyclic or chain polyesters. At least one structure in the group of methyl methacrylate and chain-like polyester is more preferred, and contains a structure selected from the group consisting of polymethyl acrylate structure, polymethyl methacrylate structure, polycaprolactone structure, and polypentane At least one structure in the group of lactone structures is more preferable. The dispersant may be a dispersant containing the above-mentioned structure in one type of dispersant alone, or may be a dispersing agent containing a plurality of such structures in one type of dispersant. Here, the polycaprolactone structure means a structure containing a ring-opened ε-caprolactone structure as a repeating unit. The polyvalerolactone structure means a structure containing a ring-opened δ-valerolactone structure as a repeating unit. As a specific example of the dispersing agent containing a polycaprolactone structure, the dispersing agent in which j and k in following formula (1) and following formula (2) are 5 is mentioned. Moreover, as a specific example of the dispersing agent containing a polyvalerolactone structure, the dispersing agent whose j and k in following formula (1) and following formula (2) are 4 are mentioned. As a specific example of the dispersant containing a polymethyl acrylate structure, in the following formula (4), X 5 is a hydrogen atom, and R 4 is a methyl group. In addition, as a specific example of a dispersant containing a polymethyl methacrylate structure, a dispersant in which X 5 is a methyl group and R 4 is a methyl group in the following formula (4) can be given.

•含有接枝鏈之結構單元 作為含有接枝鏈之結構單元,高分子化合物含有由下述式(1)~(4)中的任一個表示之結構單元為較佳,含有由下述式(1A)、下述式(2A)、下述式(3A)、下述式(3B)及下述(4)中的任一個表示之結構單元為更佳。•Containing structural units of grafted chains As the structural unit containing the graft chain, the polymer compound preferably contains a structural unit represented by any one of the following formulas (1) to (4), and contains the following formula (1A) and the following formula (2A) ), the structural unit represented by any one of the following formula (3A), the following formula (3B), and the following (4) is more preferred.

[化學式10]

Figure 02_image021
[Chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image021

在式(1)~(4)中,W1 、W2 、W3 及W4 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH。W1 、W2 、W3 及W4 為氧原子為較佳。 在式(1)~(4)中,X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 及X5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的有機基團。作為X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 及X5 ,從合成上的制約的觀點考慮,分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數(碳原子數)1~12的烷基為較佳,分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基為更佳,甲基為進一步較佳。In formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH. W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms. In formulas (1) to (4), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 , from the viewpoint of synthesis constraints, each independently is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (carbon atoms), respectively It is more preferable to independently be a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is even more preferable.

在式(1)~(4)中,Y1 、Y2 、Y3 及Y4 分別獨立地表示二價的連結基,連結基的結構方面並無特別的限制。作為由Y1 、Y2 、Y3 及Y4 表示之二價的連結基,具體而言,可舉出下述(Y-1)~(Y-21)的連結基等為例。在以下所示之結構中,A、B分別表示與式(1)~(4)中的左末端基、右末端基的鍵結部位。在以下所示之結構中,從合成的簡便性考慮,(Y-2)或(Y-13)為更佳。In formulas (1) to (4), Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and there is no particular limitation on the structure of the linking group. As the bivalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3, and Y 4 , specifically, the following linking groups (Y-1) to (Y-21) and the like can be given as examples. In the structure shown below, A and B respectively represent the bonding site with the left end group and the right end group in formulas (1) to (4). Among the structures shown below, (Y-2) or (Y-13) is more preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.

[化學式11]

Figure 02_image023
[Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image023

在式(1)~(4)中,Z1 、Z2 、Z3 及Z4 分別獨立地表示一價的有機基團。有機基團的結構並無特別限定,具體而言,可舉出烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷硫醚基、芳硫醚基、雜芳硫醚基及胺基等。其中,作為由Z1 、Z2 、Z3 及Z4 表示之有機基團,尤其從提高分散性的觀點考慮,具有立體排斥效果之基團為較佳,分別獨立地為碳數5~24的烷基或烷氧基為更佳,其中,尤其分別獨立地為碳數5~24的支鏈烷基、碳數5~24的環狀烷基、或碳數5~24的烷氧基為進一步較佳。另外,烷氧基中包含之烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一個。In formulas (1) to (4), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The structure of the organic group is not particularly limited. Specifically, it includes an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkyl sulfide group, an arylene sulfide group, and a heteroarylene sulfide group. And amino groups, etc. Among them, as the organic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 , from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility, a group having a steric repulsive effect is preferred, and each independently has a carbon number of 5-24 The alkyl group or alkoxy group of is more preferable, and among them, in particular, each independently is a branched alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbons, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbons, or an alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbons. It is further preferred. In addition, the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be any of linear, branched and cyclic.

在式(1)~(4)中,n、m、p及q分別獨立地為1~500的整數。 又,在式(1)及(2)中,j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數。從組成物的經時穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,式(1)及(2)中的j及k為4~6的整數為較佳,5為更佳。 又,在式(1)及(2)中,n及m為10以上的整數為較佳,20以上的整數為更佳。又,分散劑含有聚己內酯結構及聚戊內酯結構時,作為聚己內酯結構的重複數與聚戊內酯的重複數之和,10以上的整數為較佳,20以上的整數為更佳。In formulas (1) to (4), n, m, p, and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 500. In addition, in formulas (1) and (2), j and k each independently represent an integer of 2-8. From the viewpoint of the stability and developability of the composition over time, it is preferable that j and k in the formulas (1) and (2) are an integer of 4 to 6, and 5 is more preferable. Moreover, in formulas (1) and (2), n and m are preferably integers of 10 or more, and more preferably integers of 20 or more. In addition, when the dispersant contains a polycaprolactone structure and a polyvalerolactone structure, as the sum of the number of repetitions of the polycaprolactone structure and the number of repetitions of the polyvalerolactone, an integer of 10 or more is preferred, and an integer of 20 or more For better.

在式(3)中,R3 表示支鏈狀或者直鏈狀的伸烷基,碳數1~10的伸烷基為較佳,碳數2或3的伸烷基為更佳。p為2~500時,存在複數個之R3 可相互相同亦可互不相同。 在式(4)中,R4 表示氫原子或一價的有機基團,作為該一價的有機基團,結構上並無特別限定。作為R4 ,氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜芳基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。R4 為烷基時,作為烷基,碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~20的支鏈狀烷基或碳數5~20的環狀烷基為較佳,碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基為更佳,碳數1~6的直鏈狀烷基為進一步較佳。在式(4)中,q為2~500時,接枝共聚物中存在複數個之X5 及R4 可相互相同亦可互不相同。In the formula (3), R 3 represents a branched or linear alkylene group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferred. When p is 2 to 500, the presence of a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other. In formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is not particularly limited in structure. As R 4 , a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group is preferable, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable. When R 4 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbons, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbons. The linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 is more preferable, and the linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons is more preferable. In the formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, multiple X 5 and R 4 in the graft copolymer may be the same or different from each other.

又,高分子化合物可以含有2種以上的結構不同且含有接枝鏈之結構單元。亦即,高分子化合物的分子中可以包含結構互不相同之以式(1)~(4)表示之結構單元,又,式(1)~(4)中,n、m、p及q分別表示2以上的整數時,式(1)及式(2)中,可在側鏈中包含j及k互不相同之結構,式(3)及式(4)中,分子內存在複數個之R3 、R4 及X5 可相互相同亦可互不相同。In addition, the polymer compound may contain two or more structural units with different structures and a graft chain. That is, the molecules of the polymer compound may contain structural units represented by formulas (1) to (4) with different structures, and in formulas (1) to (4), n, m, p, and q are respectively When it represents an integer of 2 or more, in formulas (1) and (2), structures with different j and k can be included in the side chain. In formulas (3) and (4), there are multiple R 3 , R 4 and X 5 may be the same or different from each other.

作為由式(1)表示之結構單元,從組成物的經時穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,以下述式(1A)表示之結構單元為更佳。 又,作為由式(2)表示之結構單元,從組成物的經時穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,以下述式(2A)表示之結構單元為更佳。As the structural unit represented by the formula (1), a structural unit represented by the following formula (1A) is more preferable from the viewpoint of the stability and developability of the composition over time. In addition, as the structural unit represented by the formula (2), a structural unit represented by the following formula (2A) is more preferable from the viewpoint of the stability and developability of the composition over time.

[化學式12]

Figure 02_image025
[Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image025

在式(1A)中,X1 、Y1 、Z1 及n與式(1)中的X1 、Y1 、Z1 及n的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。在式(2A)中,X2 、Y2 、Z2 及m與式(2)中的X2 、Y2 、Z2 及m的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In the formula (1A), 1, Y 1 , Z 1 and n have the same meaning as X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n of formula X (1) is, preferred ranges are also the same. In formula (2A), X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and X m in the formula (2) is 2, the Y 2, Z 2 and m have the same meaning and preferred ranges are also the same.

又,作為由式(3)表示之結構單元,從組成物的經時穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,以下述式(3A)或式(3B)表示之結構單元為更佳。In addition, as the structural unit represented by the formula (3), a structural unit represented by the following formula (3A) or formula (3B) is more preferable from the viewpoint of the stability and developability of the composition over time.

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image027
[Chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image027

在式(3A)或(3B)中,X3 、Y3 、Z3 及p與式(3)中的X3 、Y3 、Z3 及p的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。In formula (3A) or (3B), 3, Y 3 , Z 3 and p have the same meaning of X 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p of formula X (3) is, preferred ranges are also the same.

作為含有接枝鏈之結構單元,高分子化合物含有由式(1A)表示之結構單元為更佳。As the structural unit containing the graft chain, it is more preferable that the polymer compound contains the structural unit represented by formula (1A).

在高分子化合物中,含有接枝鏈之結構單元(例如,由上述式(1)~(4)表示之結構單元)的含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,以2~90質量%的範圍包含為較佳,以5~30質量%的範圍包含為更佳。若在該範圍內包含含有接枝鏈之結構單元,則顏料的分散性高,形成硬化膜時的顯影性良好。In the polymer compound, the content of the structural unit containing the graft chain (for example, the structural unit represented by the above formulas (1) to (4)) is calculated in terms of mass, and relative to the total mass of the polymer compound, it is 2 to It is preferable to include in the range of 90% by mass, and more preferably to include in the range of 5 to 30% by mass. If the structural unit containing the graft chain is included in this range, the dispersibility of the pigment is high, and the developability when forming a cured film is good.

•疏水性結構單元 又,高分子化合物包含與含有接枝鏈之結構單元不同(亦即,並不相當於含有接枝鏈之結構單元)之疏水性結構單元為較佳。其中,在本發明中,疏水性結構單元係不含有酸基(例如,羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基、酚性羥基等)之結構單元。•Hydrophobic structural unit In addition, the polymer compound preferably contains a hydrophobic structural unit that is different from the structural unit containing the graft chain (that is, it does not correspond to the structural unit containing the graft chain). Among them, in the present invention, the hydrophobic structural unit system does not contain structural units of acid groups (for example, carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, etc.).

疏水性結構單元係源自(對應)ClogP值為1.2以上的化合物(單體)之結構單元為較佳,源自ClogP值為1.2~8的化合物之結構單元為更佳。藉此,能夠更確實地顯現本發明的效果。The hydrophobic structural unit is preferably derived from (corresponding to) a structural unit derived from a compound (monomer) having a ClogP value of 1.2 or more, and a structural unit derived from a compound having a ClogP value of 1.2 to 8 is more preferable. Thereby, the effect of the present invention can be more reliably expressed.

ClogP值係藉由能夠從Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc,獲得之程序“CLOGP”計算之值。該程序提供藉由Hansch, Leo的fragmentapproach(參考下述文獻)計算出之“計算logP”的值。片段法(fragment approach)依據化合物的化學結構,將化學結構分割為部分結構(片段),總計分配於該片段之logP貢獻量,藉此推算化合物的logP值。其詳細內容記載於以下文獻中。在本說明書中,使用藉由程序CLOGP v4.82計算出之ClogP值。 A. J. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol.4, C. Hansch, P. G. Sammnens,J. B. Taylor and C. A. Ramsden, Eds., p.295, Pergamon Press, 1990 C. Hansch & A. J. Leo. SUbstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. A.J. Leo. Calculating logPoct from structure. Chem. Rev., 93, 1281-1306, 1993。The ClogP value is the value calculated by the program "CLOGP" available from Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc. This program provides the "calculated logP" value calculated by Hansch, Leo's fragment approach (refer to the following documents). The fragment approach divides the chemical structure into partial structures (fragments) based on the chemical structure of the compound, and totals the logP contribution allocated to the fragment, thereby inferring the logP value of the compound. The details are described in the following documents. In this manual, the ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82 is used. AJ Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C. Hansch, PG Sammnens, JB Taylor and CA Ramsden, Eds., p. 295, Pergamon Press, 1990 C. Hansch & AJ Leo. SUbstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. AJ Leo. Calculating logPoct from structure. Chem. Rev., 93, 1281-1306, 1993.

logP表示分配係數P(Partition Coefficient)的常用對數,係以定量的數值表示在油(通常為1-辛醇)與水的2相系平衡中如何分配某一有機化合物之物性值,由以下式表示。 logP=log(Coil/Cwater) 式中,Coil表示油相中的化合物的莫耳濃度,Cwater表示水相中的化合物的莫耳濃度。 若logP的值以0為基準,正向(plus)增大,則油溶性增加,若絕對值負向(minus)增大,則水溶性增加,與有機化合物的水溶性有負相關,作為預估有機化合物的親疏水性之參數而廣泛利用。logP represents the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient), which is a quantitative value to indicate how to distribute the physical property value of an organic compound in the two-phase equilibrium of oil (usually 1-octanol) and water, by the following formula Said. logP=log(Coil/Cwater) In the formula, Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase, and Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the water phase. If the value of logP is based on 0, the positive direction (plus) increases, the oil solubility increases, if the absolute value negative direction (minus) increases, the water solubility increases, which is negatively correlated with the water solubility of organic compounds. It is widely used to estimate the hydrophilic and hydrophobic parameters of organic compounds.

高分子化合物作為疏水性結構單元,含有選自源自由下述式(i)~(iii)表示之單體的結構單元之1種以上的結構單元為較佳。As the hydrophobic structural unit, the polymer compound preferably contains one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following formulas (i) to (iii).

[化學式14]

Figure 02_image029
[Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image029

在上述式(i)~(iii)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)或碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 R1 、R2 及R3 係氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子或甲基為更佳。R2 及R3 係氫原子為進一步較佳。 X表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),氧原子為較佳。In the above formulas (i) to (iii), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or a carbon number of 1 to 6 Alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 are more preferably hydrogen atoms. X represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imino group (-NH-), and an oxygen atom is preferred.

L係單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,可舉出二價的脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、經取代伸烷基、伸烯基、經取代伸烯基、伸炔基、取代伸炔基)、二價的芳香族基(例如,伸芳基、經取代伸芳基)、二價的雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代亞胺基(-NR31 -,其中,R31 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基(-CO-)及該等的組合等。L is a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, divalent aliphatic groups (for example, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene), divalent Valence aromatic group (for example, aryl group, substituted aryl group), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imino group (-NH-) , Substituted imino group (-NR 31 -, where R 31 is an aliphatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), carbonyl group (-CO-), and combinations thereof.

二價的脂肪族基可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。脂肪族基可以為不飽和脂肪族基,亦可以為飽和脂肪族基,但飽和脂肪族基為較佳。又,脂肪族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、芳香族基及雜環基等。The divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The carbon number of the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The aliphatic group may be an unsaturated aliphatic group or a saturated aliphatic group, but a saturated aliphatic group is preferred. In addition, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aromatic groups, heterocyclic groups, and the like.

二價的芳香族基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。又,芳香族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基等。The carbon number of the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10. In addition, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, and heterocyclic groups.

二價的雜環基作為雜環含有5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環上可縮合有其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。又,雜環基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、氧代基(=O)、硫代基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代亞胺基(=N-R32 ,其中,R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。The divalent heterocyclic group preferably contains a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic ring may be condensed with other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings. In addition, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), thio groups (=S), imino groups (=NH), and substituted imino groups (=NR 32 , in which, R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.

L係單鍵、伸烷基或含有氧化烯結構之二價的連結基為較佳。氧化烯結構係氧乙烯結構或氧丙烯結構為更佳。又,L可以含有重複包含2個以上的氧化烯結構之聚氧化烯結構。作為聚氧化烯結構,聚氧乙烯結構或聚氧丙烯結構為較佳。聚氧乙烯結構由-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n為2以上的整數為較佳,2~10的整數為更佳。L-based single bond, alkylene group or divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure is preferable. The alkylene oxide structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure including two or more alkylene oxide structures repeatedly. As the polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure is preferable. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2-10.

作為Z,可舉出脂肪族基(例如,烷基、經取代烷基、不飽和烷基及經取代不飽和烷基)、芳香族基(例如,芳基、經取代芳基、伸芳基、經取代伸芳基)、雜環基及該等的組合。該等基團中可包含氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代亞胺基(-NR31 -、其中,R31 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)或羰基(-CO-)。Examples of Z include aliphatic groups (for example, alkyl groups, substituted alkyl groups, unsaturated alkyl groups, and substituted unsaturated alkyl groups), aromatic groups (for example, aryl groups, substituted aryl groups, and arylene groups). , Substituted aryl groups), heterocyclic groups and combinations thereof. These groups may contain oxygen atoms (-O-), sulfur atoms (-S-), imino groups (-NH-), substituted imino groups (-NR 31 -, where R 31 is aliphatic Group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group) or carbonyl group (-CO-).

脂肪族基可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。脂肪族基中還包含聚環烴基、交聯環式烴基,作為環集合烴基的例子,包含雙環己基、全氫萘基、聯苯基及4-環己基苯基等。作為交聯環式烴環,例如,可舉出:蒎烷(pinane)、莰烷(bornane)、降蒎烷(norpinane)、降莰烷(norbornane)、雙環辛烷環(雙環[2.2.2]辛烷環、雙環[3.2.1]辛烷環等)等2環式烴環;高佈雷烷(homobledane)、金剛烷、三環[5.2.1.02,6 ]癸烷、三環[4.3.1.12,5 ]十一烷環等3環式烴環;四環[4.4.0.12,5 .17,10 ]十二烷及全氫-1,4-亞甲基-5,8-亞甲基萘環等4環式烴環等。又,交聯環式烴環中還包含稠環式烴環,例如,全氫萘(十氫萘)、全氫蒽、全氫菲、全氫苊、全氫芴、全氫茚及全氫葩環等稠合有複數個5~8員環烷烴環之稠環。 與不飽和脂肪族基相比,脂肪族基係飽和脂肪族基為較佳。又,脂肪族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,作為取代基,脂肪族基不具有酸基。The aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The carbon number of the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The aliphatic group also includes a polycyclic hydrocarbon group and a cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include bicyclohexyl, perhydronaphthyl, biphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, and the like. As the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring, for example, pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo[2.2.2 ] Octane ring, bicyclic [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.) and other 2-cyclic hydrocarbon rings; homobredane (homobledane), adamantane, tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclic [4.3 .1.1 3 cyclic hydrocarbon rings such as 2,5 ]undecane ring; tetracyclic [4.4.0.1 2,5 .1 7,10 ]dodecane and perhydro-1,4-methylene-5,8 -4-cyclic hydrocarbon rings such as methylene naphthalene ring, etc. In addition, the cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon ring also includes a fused-ring hydrocarbon ring, for example, perhydronaphthalene (decahydronaphthalene), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthylene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, and perhydronaphthalene. A fused ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are fused together, such as a ring. Compared with unsaturated aliphatic groups, aliphatic groups are preferably saturated aliphatic groups. In addition, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include halogen atoms, aromatic groups and heterocyclic groups. Among them, the aliphatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

芳香族基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。又,芳香族基可具有取代基。取代基的例子可舉出鹵原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,作為取代基,芳香族基不具有酸基。The carbon number of the aromatic group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and still more preferably 6-10. In addition, the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, aliphatic groups, aromatic groups, and heterocyclic groups. Among them, as a substituent, the aromatic group does not have an acid group.

雜環基作為雜環含有5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環上可縮合有其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。又,雜環基可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵原子、羥基、氧代基(=O)、硫代基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代亞胺基(=N-R32 ,其中,R32 為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,作為取代基,雜環基不具有酸基。The heterocyclic group preferably contains a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic ring may be condensed with other heterocyclic rings, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings. In addition, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), thio groups (=S), imino groups (=NH), and substituted imino groups (=NR 32 , in which, R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group. However, as a substituent, the heterocyclic group does not have an acid group.

在上述式(iii)中,R4 、R5 及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、Z或L-Z。其中,L及Z與上述基團的含義相同。作為R4 、R5 及R6 ,氫原子或碳數為1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。In the above formula (iii), R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example , Methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), Z or LZ. Among them, L and Z have the same meanings as the above groups. As R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred, and a hydrogen atom is more preferred.

作為由上述式(i)表示之單體,R1 、R2 及R3 為氫原子或甲基、L為單鍵或伸烷基或者包含氧化烯結構之二價的連結基、X為氧原子或亞胺基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。 又,作為由上述式(ii)表示之單體,R1 為氫原子或甲基、L為伸烷基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。又,作為由上述式(iii)表示之單體,R4 、R5 及R6 為氫原子或甲基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基之化合物為較佳。As the monomer represented by the above formula (i), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, L is a single bond or an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure, and X is oxygen A compound having an atom or an imino group, and Z being an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group is preferred. Also, as the monomer represented by the above formula (ii), a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is an alkylene group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group, or an aromatic group is preferable. In addition, as the monomer represented by the above formula (iii), compounds in which R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, and Z is an aliphatic group, heterocyclic group or aromatic group are preferred.

作為由式(i)~(iii)表示之代表性化合物的例子,可舉出選自丙烯酸酯類、甲基丙烯酸酯類及苯乙烯類等之自由基聚合性化合物。 另外,作為由式(i)~(iii)表示之代表性化合物的例子,能夠參考日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0089~0093中記載之化合物,該等內容引入本說明書中。Examples of representative compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii) include radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, and styrenes. In addition, as examples of representative compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii), reference can be made to the compounds described in paragraphs 0089 to 0093 of JP 2013-249417 A, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

在高分子化合物中,疏水性結構單元以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量,以10~90%的範圍包含為較佳,以20~80%的範圍包含為更佳。含量在上述範圍內的情況下可充分形成圖案。In the polymer compound, the hydrophobic structural unit is calculated in terms of mass, and is preferably contained in the range of 10 to 90%, and more preferably contained in the range of 20 to 80% relative to the total mass of the polymer compound. When the content is within the above range, a pattern can be sufficiently formed.

•能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基 高分子化合物能夠導入能夠與顏料等(例如黑色顏料)形成相互作用之官能基。其中,高分子化合物還包含含有能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元為較佳。 作為能夠與該顏料等形成相互作用之官能基,例如可舉出酸基、鹼基、配位性基及具有反應性之官能基等。 高分子化合物具有酸基、鹼基、配位性基或具有反應性之官能基時,分別含有具有酸基之結構單元、具有鹼基之結構單元、具有配位性基之結構單元或具有反應性之結構單元為較佳。 尤其,若高分子化合物進一步含有羧酸基等鹼可溶性基作為酸基,則能夠對高分子化合物賦予用於基於鹼顯影之圖案形成的顯影性。 亦即,若對高分子化合物導入鹼可溶性基,則上述組成物中,作為有助於顏料等的分散之分散劑的高分子化合物含有鹼可溶性。關於含有此類高分子化合物之組成物,經曝光形成之硬化膜的遮光性優異,且未曝光部的鹼顯影性得到提高。 又,若高分子化合物包含含有酸基之結構單元,則高分子化合物具有易與溶劑相溶且塗佈性亦得到提高之傾向。 推測這是因為,含有酸基之結構單元中的酸基易與顏料等相互作用,高分子化合物使顏料等穩定地分散,並且使顏料等分散之高分子化合物的黏度變低,高分子化合物本身亦容易穩定地分散。•Functional groups that can interact with pigments, etc. The polymer compound can introduce functional groups that can interact with pigments and the like (for example, black pigments). Among them, the polymer compound preferably further includes a structural unit containing a functional group capable of forming an interaction with a pigment or the like. Examples of the functional group capable of forming an interaction with the pigment or the like include acid groups, base groups, coordinating groups, and reactive functional groups. When the polymer compound has an acid group, a base, a coordination group or a reactive functional group, it contains a structural unit with an acid group, a structural unit with a base, a structural unit with a coordination group, or a reactive The structural unit of sex is preferred. In particular, when the polymer compound further contains an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxylic acid group as an acid group, the polymer compound can be provided with developability for pattern formation by alkali development. That is, if an alkali-soluble group is introduced into the polymer compound, the polymer compound as a dispersant that contributes to the dispersion of the pigment or the like in the above composition will contain alkali-solubility. Regarding a composition containing such a polymer compound, the cured film formed by exposure has excellent light-shielding properties, and the alkali developability of the unexposed portion is improved. In addition, if the polymer compound contains a structural unit containing an acid group, the polymer compound tends to be easily compatible with the solvent and the coating properties are also improved. It is presumed that this is because the acid group in the structural unit containing the acid group easily interacts with the pigment, etc., the polymer compound makes the pigment etc. stably dispersed, and the viscosity of the dispersed polymer compound of the pigment etc. becomes low, and the polymer compound itself It is also easy to disperse stably.

其中,含有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基之結構單元可以為與上述含有接枝鏈之結構單元相同的結構單元,亦可以為不同的結構單元,但含有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基之結構單元係與上述疏水性結構單元不同的結構單元(亦即,並不相當於上述疏水性結構單元)。Among them, the structural unit containing the alkali-soluble group as an acid group may be the same structural unit as the above-mentioned graft chain-containing structural unit, or a different structural unit, but a structural unit system containing an alkali-soluble group as an acid group A structural unit different from the aforementioned hydrophobic structural unit (that is, it does not correspond to the aforementioned hydrophobic structural unit).

作為能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基的酸基,例如有羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基及酚性羥基等,羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少1種為較佳,羧酸基為更佳。羧酸基對顏料等的吸附力良好,且分散性高。 亦即,高分子化合物還包含含有羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少1種之結構單元為較佳。As an acid group capable of forming a functional group that interacts with pigments, for example, there are carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group and phenolic hydroxyl group. At least one of carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group and phosphoric acid group is more Preferably, the carboxylic acid group is more preferable. The carboxylic acid group has good adsorption power for pigments and the like, and has high dispersibility. That is, the polymer compound preferably further includes a structural unit containing at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.

高分子化合物可具有1種或2種以上的含有酸基之結構單元。 高分子化合物可以包含或不包含含有酸基之結構單元,但含有時,含有酸基之結構單元的含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量為5~80質量%為較佳,從抑制基於鹼顯影之圖像強度的損傷的觀點考慮,10~60質量%為更佳。The polymer compound may have one or more structural units containing acid groups. The polymer compound may or may not contain the structural unit containing an acid group, but when it contains, the content of the structural unit containing the acid group is calculated in terms of mass, and is preferably 5 to 80% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer compound. From the viewpoint of suppressing damage to the image strength due to alkali development, 10 to 60% by mass is more preferable.

作為能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基的鹼基,例如有一級胺基、二級胺基、三級胺基、含有N原子之雜環及醯胺基等,從對顏料等的吸附力良好,且分散性高的觀點考慮,較佳之鹼基為三級胺基。高分子化合物能夠含有1種或2種以上的該等鹼基。 高分子化合物可包含或不包含含有鹼基之結構單元,但含有時,含有鹼基之結構單元的含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量為0.01~50質量%為較佳,從抑制阻礙顯影性之觀點考慮,0.01~30質量%為更佳。As the bases that can form functional groups that interact with pigments, for example, there are primary amine groups, secondary amine groups, tertiary amine groups, heterocycles containing N atoms, and amide groups. From the viewpoint of good and high dispersibility, the preferred base is a tertiary amino group. The polymer compound can contain one or more of these bases. The polymer compound may or may not contain the structural unit containing the base, but when it contains, the content of the structural unit containing the base is calculated by mass conversion, and is preferably 0.01-50% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer compound. From the viewpoint of suppressing the hindrance of developability, 0.01 to 30% by mass is more preferable.

作為能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基的配位性基及具有反應性之官能基,例如可舉出乙醯乙醯氧基、三烷氧基甲矽烷基、異氰酸酯基、酸酐及醯氯等。從對顏料等的吸附力良好,且顏料等的分散性高的觀點考慮,較佳之官能基為乙醯基乙醯氧基。高分子化合物可具有1種或2種以上的該等基團。 高分子化合物可包含或不包含含有配位性基之結構單元或含有具有反應性之官能基之結構單元,但含有時,該等結構單元的含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量為10~80質量%為較佳,從抑制阻礙顯影性的觀點考慮,20~60質量%為更佳。Coordinating groups and reactive functional groups that can form functional groups that interact with pigments and the like include, for example, acetylacetoxy groups, trialkoxysilyl groups, isocyanate groups, acid anhydrides, and chlorinated groups. Wait. From the viewpoints of good adsorption to pigments and the like and high dispersibility of the pigments and the like, the preferred functional group is acetylacetoxy. The polymer compound may have one or more of these groups. The polymer compound may or may not contain structural units containing coordination groups or structural units containing reactive functional groups, but when it contains, the content of these structural units is calculated by mass, relative to the total polymer compound The mass is preferably from 10 to 80% by mass, and from the viewpoint of inhibiting developmental hindrance, 20 to 60% by mass is more preferred.

上述高分子化合物除了接枝鏈以外還含有能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基時,含有上述各種能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基即可,並不特別限定該等官能基如何被導入,但高分子化合物含有選自源自由下述式(iv)~(vi)表示之單體的結構單元之1種以上的結構單元為較佳。When the above-mentioned polymer compound contains functional groups capable of interacting with pigments in addition to the graft chain, it is sufficient to contain the above-mentioned various functional groups capable of interacting with pigments, etc., and there is no particular limitation on how these functional groups are introduced. However, the polymer compound preferably contains one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following formulas (iv) to (vi).

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image031
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image031

在式(iv)~(vi)中,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)或碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 在式(iv)~(vi)中,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基為較佳,分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基為更佳。在通式(iv)中,R12 及R13 分別為氫原子為進一步較佳。In formulas (iv) to (vi), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or an alkane having 1 to 6 carbon atoms Group (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.). In formulas (iv) to (vi), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or methyl group. . In the general formula (iv), it is more preferable that R 12 and R 13 are each a hydrogen atom.

式(iv)中的X1 表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),係氧原子為較佳。 又,式(v)中的Y表示次甲基或氮原子。X 1 in the formula (iv) represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imino group (-NH-), preferably an oxygen atom. In addition, Y in formula (v) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.

又,式(iv)~(v)中的L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基。二價的連結基的定義與由上述式(i)中的L表示之二價的連結基的定義相同。Moreover, L 1 in formulas (iv) to (v) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The definition of the divalent linking group is the same as the definition of the divalent linking group represented by L in the above formula (i).

L1 係單鍵、伸烷基或含有氧化烯結構之二價的連結基為較佳。氧化烯結構係氧乙烯結構或氧丙烯結構為更佳。又,L1 可包含重複包含2個以上的氧化烯結構之聚氧化烯結構。作為聚氧化烯結構,聚氧乙烯結構或聚氧丙烯結構為較佳。聚氧乙烯結構由-(OCH2 CH2 )n-表示,n為2以上的整數為較佳,2~10的整數為更佳。L 1 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure. The alkylene oxide structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L 1 may include a polyoxyalkylene structure repeatedly including two or more alkylene oxide structures. As the polyoxyalkylene structure, a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure is preferable. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by -(OCH 2 CH 2 )n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2-10.

在式(iv)~(vi)中,Z1 除了接枝鏈以外還表示能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基,係羧酸基或三級胺基為較佳,係羧酸為更佳。In formulas (iv) to (vi), Z 1 in addition to the graft chain also represents a functional group that can interact with pigments, etc., preferably a carboxylic acid group or a tertiary amine group, and more preferably a carboxylic acid group .

在式(vi)中,R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子及溴原子等)、碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基及丙基等)、-Z1 或L1 -Z1 。其中,L1 及Z1 與上述L1 及Z1 的含義相同,較佳例亦相同。作為R14 、R15 及R16 ,分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數為1~3的烷基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。In the formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, etc.), an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl and propyl, etc.), - Z 1 or L 1 -Z 1. Wherein, L 1 and Z 1 have the same meaning as the above-mentioned L 1 and Z 1 , and preferred examples are also the same. As R 14 , R 15 and R 16 , each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred, and a hydrogen atom is more preferred.

作為由式(iv)表示之單體,R11 、R12 及R13 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基,L1 為伸烷基或含有氧化烯結構之二價的連結基,X1 為氧原子或亞胺基,Z1 為羧酸基之化合物為較佳。 又,作為由式(v)表示之單體,R11 為氫原子或甲基,L1 為伸烷基,Z1 為羧酸基,Y為次甲基之化合物為較佳。 進而,作為由式(vi)表示之單體,R14 、R15 及R16 分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基,L1 為單鍵或伸烷基,Z1 為羧酸基之化合物為較佳。As a monomer represented by formula (iv), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure, and X 1 is The oxygen atom or imino group is preferably a compound in which Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group. Also, as the monomer represented by the formula (v), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group, Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group, and Y is a methine group. Furthermore, as the monomer represented by the formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is a single bond or an alkylene group, and Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group. Better.

以下示出由式(iv)~(vi)表示之單體(化合物)的代表例。 作為單體的例子,可舉出甲基丙烯酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙基)與琥珀酸酐的反應物、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與四羥基鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與偏苯三酸酐的反應物、分子內含有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基之化合物與均苯四甲酸酐的反應物、丙烯酸、丙烯酸二聚物、丙烯酸寡聚物、順丁烯二酸、伊康酸、反丁烯二酸、4-乙烯基安息香酸、乙烯基苯酚及4-羥基苯甲基丙烯醯等。Representative examples of monomers (compounds) represented by formulas (iv) to (vi) are shown below. Examples of monomers include the reaction of methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, compounds containing addition polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) and succinic anhydride The reaction product of a compound containing an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and phthalic anhydride, a reaction product of a compound containing an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and tetrahydroxyphthalic anhydride, A reaction product of a compound containing an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group and trimellitic anhydride, a reaction product of a compound containing an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group and pyromellitic anhydride, acrylic acid, acrylic acid dimer, acrylic acid Oligomers, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 4-vinyl benzoic acid, vinyl phenol and 4-hydroxybenzyl acrylate, etc.

從與顏料等的相互作用、經時穩定性及對顯影液的滲透性的觀點考慮,含有能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元的含量相對於高分子化合物的總質量為0.05~90質量%為較佳,1.0~80質量%為更佳,10~70質量%為進一步較佳。From the viewpoints of interaction with pigments, etc., stability over time, and permeability to developing solutions, the content of structural units containing functional groups capable of interacting with pigments, etc., relative to the total mass of the polymer compound is 0.05 to 90% by mass is preferable, 1.0 to 80% by mass is more preferable, and 10 to 70% by mass is still more preferable.

•其他結構單元 進而,以提高圖像強度等各種性能為目的,高分子化合物可在無損本發明的效果之前提下,進一步具有含有接枝鏈之結構單元、疏水性結構單元及與含有能夠與顏料等形成相互作用之官能基之結構單元不同的具有各種功能之其他結構單元(例如,含有對後述溶劑具有親和性之官能基等之結構單元)。 作為該種其他結構單元,例如可舉出源自選自丙烯腈類及甲基丙烯腈類等之自由基聚合性化合物的結構單元。 高分子化合物能夠使用1種或2種以上的該等其他結構單元,其含量以質量換算計,相對於高分子化合物的總質量為0~80質量%為較佳,10~60質量%為更佳。含量在上述範圍內可維持充分的圖案形成性。•Other structural units Furthermore, for the purpose of improving various properties such as image strength, the polymer compound can be further provided with a structural unit containing a graft chain, a hydrophobic structural unit, and a structure capable of forming interaction with pigments, etc., without compromising the effect of the present invention. Other structural units with various functions that have different structural units of functional functional groups (for example, structural units containing functional groups that have affinity for the solvent described below). Examples of such other structural units include structural units derived from radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylonitriles and methacrylonitriles. The polymer compound can use one or more of these other structural units, and the content is calculated by mass conversion. It is preferably 0 to 80% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer compound, and more preferably 10 to 60% by mass. good. The content can maintain sufficient pattern formability within the above range.

•高分子化合物的物性 高分子化合物的酸值為0~250mgKOH/g為較佳,10~200mgKOH/g為更佳,30~180mgKOH/g為進一步較佳,70~120mgKOH/g的範圍為特佳。 若高分子化合物的酸值在160mgKOH/g以下,則可更有效地抑制形成硬化膜時的顯影中的圖案剝離。又,若高分子化合物的酸值為10mgKOH/g以上,則鹼顯影性更加良好。又,高分子化合物的酸值為20mgKOH/g以上,則能夠更加抑制顏料等的沉降,能夠更加減少粗大粒子數,並能夠進一步提高組成物的經時穩定性。• Physical properties of polymer compounds The acid value of the polymer compound is preferably 0-250 mgKOH/g, more preferably 10-200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 30-180 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably in the range of 70-120 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the polymer compound is 160 mgKOH/g or less, it is possible to more effectively suppress pattern peeling during development when the cured film is formed. In addition, when the acid value of the polymer compound is 10 mgKOH/g or more, the alkali developability is more favorable. In addition, when the acid value of the polymer compound is 20 mgKOH/g or more, the sedimentation of pigments and the like can be further suppressed, the number of coarse particles can be further reduced, and the temporal stability of the composition can be further improved.

在本說明書中,例如能夠從化合物中的酸基的平均含量算出酸值。又,若改變樹脂(其他樹脂等)的構成成分亦即含有酸基之結構單元的含量,則可獲得具有所需酸值之樹脂。In this specification, for example, the acid value can be calculated from the average content of acid groups in the compound. In addition, if the constituent components of the resin (other resins, etc.), that is, the content of structural units containing acid groups are changed, a resin with a desired acid value can be obtained.

高分子化合物的重量平均分子量為4,000~300,000為較佳,5,000~200,000為更佳,6,000~100,000為進一步較佳,10,000~50,000為特佳。 高分子化合物能夠依據公知的方法合成。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound is preferably 4,000 to 300,000, more preferably 5,000 to 200,000, more preferably 6,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 10,000 to 50,000. The polymer compound can be synthesized according to a known method.

作為高分子化合物的具體例,可舉出Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd.製“DA-7301”、BYKChemie公司製造“Disperbyk-101(聚醯胺胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸酯)、110(含有酸基之共聚物)、111(磷酸系分散劑)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、170、190(高分子共聚物)”、“BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和聚羧酸)”、EFKA公司製造“EFKA4047、4050~4010~4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、EFKA4330~4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400~4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚醯胺酯)、5765(高分子量聚羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞菁衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)”、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc.製“AJISPER PB821、PB822、PB880、PB881”、KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製“FLOREN TG-710(胺基甲酸酯低聚物)”、“Polyflow No.50E、No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)”、Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd.製“DISPARLON KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725”、Kao Corporation製造“DEMOL RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)”、“HOMOGENOL L-18(高分子聚羧酸)”、“EMULGEN 920、930、935、985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)”、“ACETAMIN 86(硬脂胺醋酸鹽)”、The Lubrinzol corporation製造“SOLSPERSE 5000(酞菁衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、13240(聚酯胺)、3000、12000、17000、20000、27000(在末端部含有功能部之高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝共聚物)”、Nikkol Chemicals CO.,LTD.製“Nikkor T106(聚氧乙烯山梨醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)”、Kawaken Fine Chemicals CO.,LTD.製HINOAKUTO T-8000E等、Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製聚有機基團矽氧烷聚合物KP-341、Yusho Co Ltd製造“W001:陽離子系界面活性劑”、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨醇脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑、“W004、W005、W017”等陰離子系界面活性劑、MORISHITA & CO.,LTD.製“EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKA聚合物100、EFKA聚合物400、EFKA聚合物401、EFKA聚合物450”、SAN NOPCO LIMITED製造“Disperse Aid 6、Disperse Aid 8、Disperse Aid 15、Disperse Aid 9100”等高分子分散劑、ADEKA CORPORATION製造“Adeka Pluronic L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123”及Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.製“Ionet(商品名)S-20”等。又,亦能夠使用Acrybase FFS-6752及Acrybase FFS-187。Specific examples of polymer compounds include "DA-7301" manufactured by Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd., "Disperbyk-101 (polyamide phosphate) manufactured by BYKChemie, 107 (carboxylate), 110 (containing acid Base copolymer), 111 (phosphate-based dispersant), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 170, 190 (polymer copolymer)", "BYK-P104 , P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid), "EFKA4047, 4050-4010-4165 (polyurethane series), EFKA 4330-4340 (block copolymer), 4400-4402 (modified) manufactured by EFKA Polyacrylate), 5010 (polyamide ester), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo pigment derivative)", Ajinomoto Fine -Techno Co., Inc. "AJISPER PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881", KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD. "FLOREN TG-710 (urethane oligomer)", "Polyflow No.50E, No. 300 (Acrylic Copolymer)", "DISPARLON KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50 manufactured by Kusumoto Chemicals, Ltd. , DA-705, DA-725", Kao Corporation "DEMOL RN, N (formalin naphthalenesulfonate condensation polymer), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonate formalin condensation polymer)", "HOMOGENOL L -18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid)", "EMULGEN 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether)", "ACETAMIN 86 (stearyl amine acetate)", "SOLSPERSE manufactured by The Lubrinzol corporation" 5000 (phthalocyanine derivatives), 22000 (azo pigment derivatives), 13240 (polyester amine), 3000, 12000, 17000, 20000, 27000 (polymers with functional parts at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000 , 38500 (graft copolymer), "Nikkor T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate)" manufactured by Nikkol Chemicals CO., LTD., Kawaken Fine Chemic HINOAKUTO T-8000E manufactured by als CO., LTD., polyorganosiloxane polymer KP-341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., "W001: cationic surfactant" manufactured by Yusho Co Ltd, Polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene Nonionic surfactants such as diol distearate and sorbitan fatty acid esters, anionic surfactants such as "W004, W005, and W017", "EFKA-46, EFKA" manufactured by MORISHITA & CO., LTD. -47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, EFKA polymer 450", "Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100" manufactured by SAN NOPCO LIMITED, etc. Polymer dispersant, "Adeka Pluronic L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123" manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION and "Ionet (trade name) S-20" manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., etc. In addition, Acrybase FFS-6752 and Acrybase FFS-187 can also be used.

又,使用含有酸基及鹼基之兩性樹脂亦較佳。兩性樹脂係酸值為5mgKOH/g以上,且胺價為5mgKOH/g以上的樹脂為較佳。 作為兩性樹脂的市售品,例如可舉出BYK-Chemie GmbH製DISPERBYK-130、DISPERBYK-140、DISPERBYK-142、DISPERBYK-145、DISPERBYK-180、DISPERBYK-187、DISPERBYK-191、DISPERBYK-2001、DISPERBYK-2010、DISPERBYK-2012、DISPERBYK-2025、BYK-9076、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co.,Inc.製AJISPER PB821、AJISPER PB822及AJISPER PB881等。 該等高分子化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。Moreover, it is also preferable to use an amphoteric resin containing acid groups and bases. Amphoteric resin resins having an acid value of 5 mgKOH/g or more and an amine value of 5 mgKOH/g or more are preferred. As commercial products of amphoteric resins, for example, DISPERBYK-130, DISPERBYK-140, DISPERBYK-142, DISPERBYK-145, DISPERBYK-180, DISPERBYK-187, DISPERBYK-191, DISPERBYK-2001, DISPERBYK manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH -2010, DISPERBYK-2012, DISPERBYK-2025, BYK-9076, AJISPER PB821, AJISPER PB822 and AJISPER PB881 manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc. These polymer compounds may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types.

另外,作為高分子化合物的具體例的例子,能夠參考日本特開2013-249417號公報的段落0127~0129中記載之高分子化合物,該等內容引入本說明書中。In addition, as an example of a specific example of a polymer compound, the polymer compound described in paragraphs 0127 to 0129 of JP 2013-249417 A can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

又,作為分散劑,除了上述高分子化合物以外,還能夠使用日本特開2010-106268號公報的0037~0115段(對應之US2011/0124824的段落0075~0133)的接枝共聚物,能夠援用該等內容,並引入本說明書中。 又,除了上述以外,還能夠使用日本特開2011-153283號公報的0028~0084段(對應之US2011/0279759的段落0075~0133)的包含含有酸基經由連接基鍵結而成之側鏈結構之構成成分之高分子化合物,能夠援用該等內容,並引入本說明書中。In addition, as the dispersant, in addition to the above-mentioned polymer compound, a graft copolymer of paragraphs 0037 to 0115 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-106268 (corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 of US2011/0124824) can also be used. And other content, and introduced into this manual. Furthermore, in addition to the above, paragraphs 0028 to 084 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-153283 (corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 of US2011/0279759) including side chain structures containing acid groups bonded via linking groups can also be used. The polymer compounds of the constituent components can use these contents and be incorporated into this specification.

又,作為分散劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2016-109763號公報的段落0033~0049中記載之樹脂,該內容引入本說明書中。In addition, as the dispersant, the resins described in paragraphs 0033 to 0049 of JP 2016-109763 A can also be used, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

<鹼可溶性樹脂> 組成物可以含有鹼可溶性樹脂。在本說明書中,鹼可溶性樹脂表示含有促進鹼可溶性之基團(鹼可溶性基。例如羧酸基等酸基)之樹脂,並表示與已說明的分散劑不同的樹脂。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分為1~30質量%為較佳,2~20質量%為更佳,5~15質量%為進一步較佳。 鹼可溶性樹脂可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上的鹼可溶性樹脂時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。<Alkali-soluble resin> The composition may contain alkali-soluble resin. In this specification, the alkali-soluble resin means a resin containing a group that promotes alkali solubility (alkali-soluble group. For example, an acid group such as a carboxylic acid group), and means a resin different from the already described dispersant. The content of the alkali-soluble resin in the composition is not particularly limited, and it is preferably 1-30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 2-20% by mass, and more preferably 5-15% by mass. Better. Alkali-soluble resin may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more kinds of alkali-soluble resins are used, the total content is preferably within the above range.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值,並無特別限制,通常,30~500mgKOH/g為較佳,50~200mgKOH/g以上為更佳。The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited. Generally, 30 to 500 mgKOH/g is preferable, and 50 to 200 mgKOH/g or more is more preferable.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可舉出在分子中含有至少1個鹼可溶性基之樹脂,例如聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、特定樹脂以外的聚矽氧烷樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯醯胺共聚樹脂、環氧系樹脂及聚醯亞胺樹脂等。Examples of alkali-soluble resins include resins containing at least one alkali-soluble group in the molecule, such as polyhydroxystyrene resins, polysiloxane resins other than specific resins, (meth)acrylic resins, and (meth)acrylic resins. Amide resin, (meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylamide copolymer resin, epoxy resin, polyimide resin, etc.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸與乙烯性不飽和化合物的共聚物。 作為不飽和羧酸,並無特別限制,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸及乙烯基乙酸等的單羧酸類;伊康酸、順丁烯二酸及反丁烯二酸等二羧酸、或其酸酐;以及單(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)鄰苯二甲酸酯等多元羧酸單酯類;等。As a specific example of the alkali-soluble resin, a copolymer of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an ethylenically unsaturated compound can be given. The unsaturated carboxylic acid is not particularly limited. Examples include monocarboxylic acids such as (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, and vinyl acetic acid; dicarboxylic acids such as itaconic acid, maleic acid, and fumaric acid. Acid, or its anhydride; and mono(2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl) phthalate and other polycarboxylic acid monoesters; etc.

作為能夠共聚的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-097210號公報的段落0027及特開2015-068893號公報的段落0036~0037中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。As an ethylenically unsaturated compound which can be copolymerized, methyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned. In addition, the compounds described in paragraph 0027 of JP 2010-097210 A and paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP 2015-068893 A can also be used, and the above contents are incorporated in this specification.

又,可組合使用能夠共聚的乙烯性不飽和化合物且在側鏈含有乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。作為乙烯性不飽和基,(甲基)丙烯酸基為較佳。在側鏈含有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸樹脂例如使含有羧酸基之丙烯酸樹脂的羧酸基與環氧丙基或含有脂環式環氧基之乙烯性不飽和化合物加成反應來獲得。In addition, a copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated compound and a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain may be used in combination. As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth)acrylic group is preferred. The acrylic resin containing an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is obtained by, for example, the addition reaction of the carboxylic acid group of the acrylic resin containing a carboxylic acid group with a glycidyl group or an ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an alicyclic epoxy group.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,含有硬化性基之鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳。 作為上述硬化性基,可同樣舉出可以含有上述高分子化合物之硬化性基,較佳範圍亦相同。 作為含有硬化性基之鹼可溶性樹脂,在側鏈具有硬化性基之鹼可溶性樹脂等為較佳。作為含有硬化性基之鹼可溶性樹脂,可舉出DIANAL NR系列(Mitsubishi Rayon Co.,Ltd.製)、Photomer6173(含有COOH之聚胺酯丙烯酸低聚物,Diamond Shamrock Co.,Ltd.製)、VISCOAT R-264、KS RESIST 106(均為OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製)、CYCLOMER P系列(例如ACA230AA)、PLACCEL CF200系列(均為Daicel Corporation.製)、Ebecryl3800(DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製)及ACRYCURE RD-F8(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製)等。As the alkali-soluble resin, an alkali-soluble resin containing a curable group is also preferable. As the above-mentioned curable group, a curable group that may contain the above-mentioned polymer compound is similarly exemplified, and the preferable range is also the same. As the alkali-soluble resin containing a curable group, an alkali-soluble resin having a curable group in the side chain or the like is preferable. Examples of alkali-soluble resins containing curable groups include DIANAL NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer6173 (polyurethane acrylic oligomer containing COOH, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), VISCOAT R -264, KS RESIST 106 (all made by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.), CYCLOMER P series (for example, ACA230AA), PLACCEL CF200 series (all made by Daicel Corporation), Ebecryl3800 (all made by DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.) and ACRYCURE RD -F8 (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.) etc.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如能夠使用日本特開昭59-044615號公報、日本特公昭54-034327號公報、日本特公昭58-012577號公報、日本特公昭54-025957號公報、日本特開昭54-092723號公報、日本特開昭59-053836號公報及日本特開昭59-071048號公報中記載之在側鏈含有羧酸基之自由基聚合物;歐洲專利第993966號、歐洲專利第1204000號及日本特開2001-318463號公報等的各公報中記載之含有鹼可溶性基之縮醛改質聚乙烯醇系黏合劑樹脂;聚吡咯啶酮;聚乙烯氧;醇可溶性尼龍及2,2-雙-(4-羥基苯基)-丙烷與環氧氯丙烷的反應物亦即聚醚等;以及國際公開第2008/123097號中記載之聚醯亞胺樹脂;等。As the alkali-soluble resin, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 59-044615, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 54-034327, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 58-012577, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 54-025957, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 54 -092723, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 59-053836, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 59-071048 described in the free radical polymer containing a carboxylic acid group in the side chain; European Patent No. 993966, European Patent No. 1204000 Alkali-soluble group-containing acetal-modified polyvinyl alcohol-based binder resin; polypyrrolidone; polyvinyloxy; alcohol-soluble nylon and 2,2 described in various publications such as Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-318463 -Bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane and epichlorohydrin reactant, namely polyether, etc.; and polyimide resin described in International Publication No. 2008/123097; etc.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如亦能夠使用日本特開2016-075845號公報的段落0225~0245中記載之化合物,上述內容引入本說明書中。As the alkali-soluble resin, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0225 to 0245 of JP 2016-075845 A can also be used, and the above-mentioned contents are incorporated in this specification.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,〔苄基(甲基)丙烯酸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/依據需要其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體〕共聚物、及〔烯丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/依據需要其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體〕共聚物的膜強度、靈敏度及顯影性的平衡優異,因此較佳。 上述其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體可以為單獨1種,亦可為2種以上。 上述共聚物具有硬化性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基等乙烯性不飽和基)亦較佳。例如,作為上述其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體,可以使用具有硬化性基之單體,藉此將硬化性基導入共聚物。又,可以在源自共聚物中的(甲基)丙烯酸之單元和/或源自上述其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體之單元中的1種以上的一部分或全部導入有硬化性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基等的乙烯性不飽和基)。 作為上述其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、苯乙烯系單體(羥基苯乙烯等)及醚二聚體。 上述醚二聚體例如可舉出由下述通式(ED1)表示之化合物及由下述通式(ED2)表示之化合物。As alkali-soluble resins, [benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers as required] copolymer, and [allyl (meth)acrylate/(former) (Base) Acrylic acid/other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers as required] The copolymer has excellent film strength, sensitivity, and developability, and is therefore preferred. The above-mentioned other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers may be one type alone or two or more types. It is also preferable that the above-mentioned copolymer has a curable group (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth)acryloyl group). For example, as the above-mentioned other addition polymerizable vinyl monomer, a monomer having a curable group can be used to introduce the curable group into the copolymer. In addition, a part or all of one or more of the units derived from the (meth)acrylic acid in the copolymer and/or the units derived from the above-mentioned other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers may be introduced with curable groups (more It is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group such as (meth)acryloyl group). As said other addition polymerizable vinyl monomer, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, styrene monomer (hydroxystyrene etc.) and ether dimer are mentioned. Examples of the ether dimer include a compound represented by the following general formula (ED1) and a compound represented by the following general formula (ED2).

[化學式16]

Figure 02_image033
[Chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image033

在通式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~25的碳化氫基。In the general formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.

[化學式17]

Figure 02_image035
[Chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image035

在通式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團。作為通式(ED2)的具體例,可參考日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載。In the general formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the general formula (ED2), reference can be made to the description in JP 2010-168539 A.

作為醚二聚體的具體例,例如能夠參考日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落0317,該內容編入本說明書中。醚二聚體可僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, paragraph 0317 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification. There may be only one type of ether dimer, or two or more types.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,亦能夠使用聚醯亞胺前驅物。聚醯亞胺前驅物表示使含有酸酐基之化合物與二胺化合物在40~100℃下進行加成聚合反應來獲得之樹脂。 作為聚醯亞胺前驅物,例如可舉出含有由式(1)表示之重複單元之樹脂。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的結構,例如可舉出由下述式(2)表示之醯胺酸結構、和含有藉由醯胺酸結構的一部分醯亞胺閉環而成之下述式(3)及所有醯亞胺閉環而成之下述式(4)表示之醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物。 另外,在本說明書中,有時將具有醯胺酸結構之聚醯亞胺前驅物稱為聚醯胺酸。As the alkali-soluble resin, a polyimide precursor can also be used. The polyimide precursor refers to a resin obtained by subjecting a compound containing an acid anhydride group and a diamine compound to an addition polymerization reaction at 40-100°C. As the polyimide precursor, for example, a resin containing a repeating unit represented by formula (1) can be cited. As the structure of the polyimide precursor, for example, the amide structure represented by the following formula (2), and the following formula (3) which contains a part of the amide ring closed by the amide structure ) And all imines are ring-closed to form the polyimines precursors of the imines structure represented by the following formula (4). In addition, in this specification, the polyimide precursor having an amino acid structure is sometimes referred to as polyimide acid.

[化學式18]

Figure 02_image037
[Chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image037

[化學式19]

Figure 02_image039
[Chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image039

[化學式20]

Figure 02_image041
[Chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image041

[化學式21]

Figure 02_image043
[Chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image043

在上述式(1)~(4)中,R1 表示碳數2~22的4價的有機基團,R2 表示碳數1~22的二價的有機基團,n表示1或2。In the above formulas (1) to (4), R 1 represents a tetravalent organic group having 2 to 22 carbons, R 2 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 22 carbons, and n represents 1 or 2.

作為上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2008-106250號公報的段落0011~0031中記載之化合物、日本特開2016-122101號公報的段落0022~0039中記載之化合物及日本特開2016-68401號公報的段落0061~0092中記載之化合物等,上述內容引入本說明書中。As specific examples of the polyimide precursors, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0011 to 0031 of JP 2008-106250 A, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0039 of JP 2016-122101 A can be cited. For the compound and the compound described in paragraphs 0061 to 0092 of JP 2016-68401 A, the above-mentioned contents are incorporated in this specification.

使用組成物獲得之圖案狀的硬化膜的圖案形狀更加優異之觀點考慮,鹼可溶性樹脂含有選自包括聚醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯亞胺前驅物之群組中的至少1種亦較佳。 作為含有鹼可溶性基之聚醯亞胺樹脂,並無特別限制,能夠使用含有公知的鹼可溶性基之聚醯亞胺樹脂。作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂,例如可舉出日本特開2014-137523號公報的段落0050中記載之樹脂、日本特開2015-187676號公報的段落0058中記載之樹脂及日本特開2014-106326號公報的段落0012~0013中記載之樹脂等,上述內容引入本說明書中。From the viewpoint that the pattern shape of the patterned cured film obtained using the composition is more excellent, it is also preferable that the alkali-soluble resin contains at least one selected from the group consisting of polyimide resin and polyimide precursor. The polyimide resin containing an alkali-soluble group is not particularly limited, and polyimide resins containing known alkali-soluble groups can be used. Examples of the polyimide resin include the resin described in paragraph 0050 of JP 2014-137523 A, the resin described in paragraph 0058 of JP 2015-187676 A, and JP 2014-106326 For the resins described in paragraphs 0012 to 0013 of the Bulletin, the above contents are incorporated into this specification.

(含有乙烯性不飽和基之樹脂) 從所獲得之硬化膜的剖面形狀的矩形性更優異之觀點考慮,除了特定樹脂以外,本發明的組成物還可以包含含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂。含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂可以為分散劑,亦可以為鹼可溶性樹脂。又,亦可以為除了分散劑或鹼可溶性樹脂以外的樹脂。 組成物中的含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂的含量的下限相對於組成物所含有的其他樹脂的總質量為30質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,65質量%以上為進一步較佳,85質量%以上為特佳。 組成物中的含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂的含量的上限相對於組成物所含有的其他樹脂的總質量為100質量%以下為較佳。 含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可使用2種以上,使用2種以上時,其合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。 另外,含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂表示在1分子中含有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂。(Resin containing ethylenic unsaturated group) From the viewpoint that the cross-sectional shape of the cured film obtained is more excellent in rectangularity, the composition of the present invention may contain other resins containing ethylenically unsaturated groups in addition to the specific resin. Other resins containing ethylenically unsaturated groups may be dispersants or alkali-soluble resins. Furthermore, it may be a resin other than a dispersant or an alkali-soluble resin. The lower limit of the content of other resins containing ethylenically unsaturated groups in the composition is preferably 30% by mass or more relative to the total mass of other resins contained in the composition, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and 65% by mass or more More preferably, 85% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit of the content of the other resin containing the ethylenically unsaturated group in the composition is preferably 100% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the other resin contained in the composition. The other resin containing ethylenic unsaturated group may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total content is in the said range. In addition, other resins containing ethylenically unsaturated groups mean other resins containing one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.

含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂的含量可以從原料的使用量計算。The content of other resins containing ethylenically unsaturated groups can be calculated from the amount of raw materials used.

又,作為相對於其他樹脂總質量之乙烯性不飽和基的含量,並無特別限制,0.001~5.00mmol/g為較佳,0.10~3.00mmol/g為更佳,0.26~2.50mmol/g為進一步較佳。若乙烯性不飽和基含量在0.10~3.00mmol/g的範圍內,則使用組成物獲得之硬化膜的剖面形狀的矩形性更加優異。 另外,上述其他樹脂總質量表示組成物所包含的其他樹脂的合計質量,例如組成物包含含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂和不含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂時,兩者的合計質量相當於上述其他樹脂的合計質量。 因此,上述乙烯性不飽和基的含量表示相對於其他樹脂樹脂總質量之含有乙烯性不飽和基之其他樹脂樹脂中的乙烯性不飽和基的含量。In addition, the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups relative to the total mass of other resins is not particularly limited, but 0.001 to 5.00 mmol/g is preferable, 0.10 to 3.00 mmol/g is more preferable, and 0.26 to 2.50 mmol/g is Further better. When the ethylenically unsaturated group content is in the range of 0.10 to 3.00 mmol/g, the rectangularity of the cross-sectional shape of the cured film obtained using the composition is more excellent. In addition, the total mass of other resins mentioned above indicates the total mass of other resins contained in the composition. For example, when the composition includes other resins containing ethylenically unsaturated groups and other resins not containing ethylenically unsaturated groups, the total mass of the two It corresponds to the total mass of the other resins mentioned above. Therefore, the content of the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated group means the content of the ethylenic unsaturated group in the other resin resin containing the ethylenic unsaturated group relative to the total mass of the other resin resin.

又,相對於包含特定樹脂及其他樹脂這兩者的組成物中的樹脂的總質量的乙烯性不飽和基的含量,並無特別限制,0.001~5.00mmol/g為較佳,0.10~4.00mmol/g為更佳。 又,作為包含特定樹脂及其他樹脂這兩者之組成物中的樹脂整體的酸值,並無特別限制,通常30~500mgKOH/g為較佳,50~200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。In addition, the content of the ethylenically unsaturated group relative to the total mass of the resin in the composition containing both the specific resin and other resins is not particularly limited, but 0.001 to 5.00 mmol/g is preferred, and 0.10 to 4.00 mmol /g is better. In addition, the acid value of the entire resin in the composition containing both the specific resin and other resins is not particularly limited, but usually 30 to 500 mgKOH/g is preferable, and 50 to 200 mgKOH/g or less is more preferable.

關於乙烯性不飽和基的含量的測定方法,同樣地可舉出在特定樹脂的說明中說明的乙烯性不飽和基含量(C=C價)的測定方法。As for the method for measuring the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups, similarly, the method for measuring the content of ethylenically unsaturated groups (C=C valence) described in the description of the specific resin can be cited.

〔聚合抑制劑〕 組成物可以含有聚合抑制劑。 作為聚合抑制劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,例如可舉出酚系聚合抑制劑(例如,對甲氧苯酚、2,5-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、4-甲氧基萘酚等);氫醌系聚合抑制劑(例如,氫醌、2,6-二-三級丁基氫醌等);醌系聚合抑制劑(例如,苯醌等);自由基系聚合抑制劑(例如,2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基等);硝基苯系聚合抑制劑(例如,硝基苯、4-硝基甲苯等);及啡噻𠯤系聚合抑制劑(例如,啡噻𠯤、2-甲氧基啡噻𠯤等);等。 其中,從遮光性組成物具有更優異之效果的觀點考慮,苯酚系聚合抑制劑或自由基系聚合抑制劑為較佳。〔Polymerization inhibitor〕 The composition may contain a polymerization inhibitor. The polymerization inhibitor is not particularly limited, and a known polymerization inhibitor can be used. As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, a phenol-based polymerization inhibitor (for example, p-methoxyphenol, 2,5-di-tertiarybutyl-4-methylphenol, 2,6-di-tertiarybutyl- 4-methylphenol, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butyl) Phenol), 4-methoxynaphthol, etc.); hydroquinone-based polymerization inhibitors (for example, hydroquinone, 2,6-di-tertiary butyl hydroquinone, etc.); quinone-based polymerization inhibitors (for example, benzoquinone Etc.); radical polymerization inhibitors (for example, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy radical, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1- Oxygen free radicals, etc.); nitrobenzene-based polymerization inhibitors (for example, nitrobenzene, 4-nitrotoluene, etc.); and phenanthrene-based polymerization inhibitors (for example, phenanthrene, 2-methoxyphenanthrene 𠯤 etc.); etc. Among them, from the viewpoint that the light-shielding composition has a more excellent effect, a phenol-based polymerization inhibitor or a radical-based polymerization inhibitor is preferable.

聚合抑制劑在與含有硬化性基之樹脂一同使用時,其效果顯著。 作為聚合抑制劑在遮光性組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.0001~0.5質量%為較佳,0.001~0.2質量%為更佳,0.008~0.05質量%為進一步較佳。聚合抑制劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上的聚合抑制劑時,合計含量在上述範圍內為較佳。 組成物中的、聚合抑制劑相對於特定樹脂的含量的質量比為0~0.006為較佳,0.001~0.005為更佳,0.002~0.005為進一步較佳。上述含量的質量比表示組成物中的(聚合抑制劑的含量)/(特定樹脂的含量)。The effect of polymerization inhibitors is remarkable when used together with resins containing curable groups. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the light-shielding composition is not particularly limited. With respect to the total solid content of the composition, 0.0001 to 0.5% by mass is preferable, 0.001 to 0.2% by mass is more preferable, and 0.008 to 0.05% by mass It is further preferred. A polymerization inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more kinds of polymerization inhibitors are used, the total content is preferably within the above range. The mass ratio of the polymerization inhibitor to the content of the specific resin in the composition is preferably 0 to 0.006, more preferably 0.001 to 0.005, and still more preferably 0.002 to 0.005. The mass ratio of the above content represents (the content of the polymerization inhibitor)/(the content of the specific resin) in the composition.

〔含有環氧基之化合物〕 本發明的組成物可以使用含有環氧基之化合物。 含有環氧基之化合物可舉出在1分子內具有1個以上的環氧基之化合物,在1分子內具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在1分子內具有1~100個為較佳。上限例如可以為10個以下,亦可以為5個以下。下限為2個以上為較佳。 另外,含有環氧基之化合物表示與上述特定樹脂、分散劑、鹼可溶性樹脂及聚合性化合物不同的成分。[Compounds containing epoxy groups] The composition of the present invention can use epoxy-containing compounds. Examples of the epoxy group-containing compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. It is preferable to have 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit may be 10 or less, for example, or 5 or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 or more. In addition, the epoxy group-containing compound means a component different from the above-mentioned specific resin, dispersant, alkali-soluble resin, and polymerizable compound.

含有環氧基之化合物的環氧當量(=含有環氧基之化合物的分子量/環氧基數)為500g/當量以下為較佳,100~400g/當量為更佳,100~300g/當量為進一步較佳。The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy-containing compound (= the molecular weight of the epoxy-containing compound/the number of epoxy groups) is preferably 500g/equivalent or less, 100-400g/equivalent is more preferably, 100-300g/equivalent is more Better.

含有環氧基之化合物可以為低分子化合物(例如,分子量小於2000),亦可以為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如分子量2000以上,在聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量為2000以上)。含有環氧基之化合物的重量平均分子量為200~100000為較佳,500~50000為更佳。重量平均分子量的上限為10000以下為更佳,5000以下為進一步較佳,3000以下為特佳。The epoxy-containing compound may be a low-molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight less than 2000), or a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 2000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 2000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the epoxy-containing compound is preferably 200-100000, more preferably 500-50000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less.

含有環氧基之化合物可以使用市售品。例如可舉出EHPE3150(Daicel Corporation.製)及EPICLON N-695(DIC製)等。又,含有環氧基之化合物可以使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的段落0034~0036、日本特開2014-043556號公報的段落0147~0156及日本特開2014-089408號公報的段落0085~0092中記載之化合物。將該等內容引入本說明書中。Commercial products can be used for the epoxy group-containing compound. For example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation) and EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC) can be mentioned. In addition, the epoxy group-containing compound can use paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP 2013-011869 A, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP 2014-043556, and paragraph 0085 to JP 2014-089408 of The compound described in 0092. Incorporate such content into this manual.

含有環氧基之化合物在上述組成物中的含量相對於組成物中的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.5~8質量%為更佳,1.0~6質量%為進一步較佳。 含有環氧基之化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。上述組成物含有2種以上的含有環氧基之化合物時,其合計含量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the epoxy group-containing compound in the composition is preferably 0.1-10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 0.5-8% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0-6% by mass . The epoxy group-containing compound may be used singly or in two or more types. When the above composition contains two or more epoxy group-containing compounds, the total content is preferably within the above range.

〔紫外線吸收劑〕 組成物可以含有紫外線吸收劑。藉此,能夠使硬化膜的圖案的形狀成為更優異之(精細的)形狀。 作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸鹽系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系及三嗪系紫外線吸收劑。作為該等的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2012-068418號公報的段落0137~0142(對應之US2012/0068292的段落0251~0254)的化合物,能夠援用該等內容並引入本說明書中。 另外,亦可較佳地使用二乙基胺基-苯基磺醯基系紫外線吸收劑(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製,商品名:UV-503)等。 作為紫外線吸收劑,可舉出日本特開2012-32556號公報的段落0134~0148中例示之化合物。 紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.001~15質量%為較佳,0.01~10質量%為更佳,0.1~5質量%為進一步較佳。〔Ultraviolet absorber〕 The composition may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Thereby, the shape of the pattern of the cured film can be made into a more excellent (fine) shape. As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylate, benzophenone, benzotriazole, substituted acrylonitrile, and triazine ultraviolet absorbers can be used. As these specific examples, the compounds of paragraphs 0137 to 0142 (corresponding to paragraphs 0251 to 0254 of US2012/0068292) of JP 2012-068418 A can be used, and these contents can be incorporated into this specification. In addition, diethylamino-phenylsulfonyl-based ultraviolet absorbers (manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD., trade name: UV-503) and the like can also be preferably used. As the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds exemplified in paragraphs 0134 to 0148 of JP 2012-32556 A can be cited. The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 to 15% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.

〔矽烷偶聯劑(密接劑)〕 組成物可以含有矽烷偶聯劑。 在基板上形成硬化膜時,矽烷偶聯劑作為提高基板與硬化膜之間的密接性的密接劑發揮功能。 矽烷偶聯劑係指在分子中含有水解性基團及其以外的官能基之化合物。另外,烷氧基等水解性基團與矽原子鍵結。 水解性基團表示與矽原子直接鍵結,並且可藉由水解反應和/或縮合反應生成矽氧烷鍵之取代基。作為水解性基團,例如,可舉出鹵原子、烷氧基、醯氧基及烯氧基。水解性基團含有碳原子時,其碳數為6以下為較佳,4以下為更佳。尤其,碳數4以下的烷氧基或碳數4以下的烯氧基為較佳。 又,在基板上形成硬化膜時,為了提高基板與硬化膜之間的黏附性,矽烷偶聯劑不包含氟原子及矽原子(其中,水解性基團所鍵結之矽原子除外)為較佳,不包含氟原子、矽原子(其中,水解性基團所鍵結之矽原子除外)、被矽原子取代之伸烷基、碳數8以上的直鏈狀烷基及碳數3以上的支鏈狀烷基為較佳。 矽烷偶聯劑可以含有(甲基)丙烯醯基等乙烯性不飽和基。含有乙烯性不飽和基時,其個數為1~10個為較佳,4~8個為更佳。另外,含有乙烯性不飽和基之矽烷偶聯劑(例如含有水解性基和乙烯性不飽和基之分子量2000以下的化合物)不符合上述聚合性化合物。〔Silicane coupling agent (adhesive agent)〕 The composition may contain a silane coupling agent. When the cured film is formed on the substrate, the silane coupling agent functions as an adhesive that improves the adhesion between the substrate and the cured film. Silane coupling agent refers to a compound containing a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups in the molecule. In addition, a hydrolyzable group such as an alkoxy group is bonded to a silicon atom. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by a hydrolysis reaction and/or a condensation reaction. As the hydrolyzable group, for example, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkenyloxy group are mentioned. When the hydrolyzable group contains carbon atoms, the carbon number is preferably 6 or less, and more preferably 4 or less. In particular, an alkoxy group having 4 or less carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 4 or less carbon atoms are preferred. In addition, when the cured film is formed on the substrate, in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate and the cured film, the silane coupling agent does not contain fluorine atoms and silicon atoms (excluding silicon atoms bonded by hydrolyzable groups). Preferably, it does not contain fluorine atoms, silicon atoms (except for silicon atoms bonded to hydrolyzable groups), alkylene groups substituted by silicon atoms, straight-chain alkyl groups with 8 or more carbons, and those with 3 or more carbons A branched alkyl group is preferred. The silane coupling agent may contain ethylenic unsaturated groups such as (meth)acryloyl groups. When it contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, the number is preferably 1-10, more preferably 4-8. In addition, silane coupling agents containing ethylenically unsaturated groups (for example, compounds with a molecular weight of 2000 or less containing hydrolyzable groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups) do not meet the above-mentioned polymerizable compounds.

矽烷偶聯劑在上述組成物中的含量相對於組成物中的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.5~8質量%為更佳,1.0~6質量%為進一步較佳。 上述組成物可以單獨使用1種矽烷偶合劑,亦可以使用2種以上。組成物含有2種以上的矽烷偶聯劑時,其總計在上述範圍內即可。The content of the silane coupling agent in the composition is preferably 0.1-10% by mass relative to the total solid content in the composition, more preferably 0.5-8% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0-6% by mass. In the above composition, one type of silane coupling agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. When the composition contains two or more types of silane coupling agents, the total of them should be within the above range.

作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷及乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷等。As the silane coupling agent, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxy Silane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyl diethoxysilane, vinyl trimethoxysilane and vinyl triethoxysilane, etc.

〔界面活性劑〕 組成物可以含有界面活性劑。界面活性劑有助於提高組成物的塗佈性。 上述組成物含有界面活性劑時,作為界面活性劑的含量,相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,0.005~0.5質量%為更佳,0.01~0.1質量%為進一步較佳。 界面活性劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。界面活性劑併用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。〔Interface active agent〕 The composition may contain a surfactant. The surfactant helps to improve the coating properties of the composition. When the composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 0.5% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.1% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. Better. Surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When two or more surfactants are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

作為界面活性劑,例如可舉出氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑及矽酮系界面活性劑等。Examples of surfactants include fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants.

例如,若組成物含有氟系界面活性劑,則更加提高組成物的液特性(尤其流動性)。亦即,利用含有氟系界面活性劑之組成物來形成膜時,使被塗佈面與塗佈液之間的界面張力下降來改善對被塗佈面的潤濕性,並提高被塗佈面的塗佈性。因此,即使以少量的液量形成了數μm左右的薄膜時,亦在能夠更佳地形成厚度不均小的均勻厚度的膜這一方面有效。For example, if the composition contains a fluorine-based surfactant, the liquid properties (especially fluidity) of the composition are further improved. That is, when a film is formed using a composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid is reduced to improve the wettability of the coated surface and increase the coated surface Coatability of the surface. Therefore, even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that a film with a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness can be formed more preferably.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳,7~25質量%為進一步較佳。氟含有率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性和/或省液性方面有效,在組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, and even more preferably from 7 to 25% by mass. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the coating film thickness and/or liquid-saving properties, and its solubility in the composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可舉出MEGAFACE F171、MEGAFACE F172、MEGAFACE F173、MEGAFACE F176、MEGAFACE F177、MEGAFACE F141、MEGAFACE F142、MEGAFACE F143、MEGAFACE F144、MEGAFACE R30、MEGAFACE F437、MEGAFACE F475、MEGAFACE F479、MEGAFACE F482、MEGAFACE F554及MEGAFACE F780(以上,DIC CORPORATION製);Fluorad FC430、Fluorad FC431及Fluorad FC171(以上,Sumitomo 3M Limited製);Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-103、Surflon SC-104、Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC-1068、Surflon SC-381、Surflon SC-383、Surflon S-393及Surflon KH-40(以上,Asahi Glass Co.,LTD.製);以及PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520及PF7002(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製)等。 作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如可舉出日本特開第2011-089090號公報中記載之化合物。Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F171, MEGAFACE F172, MEGAFACE F173, MEGAFACE F176, MEGAFACE F177, MEGAFACE F141, MEGAFACE F142, MEGAFACE F143, MEGAFACE F144, MEGAFACE R30, MEGAFACE F437, MEGAFACE F475, MEGAFACE F482, MEGAFACE F554 and MEGAFACE F780 (above, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION); Fluorad FC430, Fluorad FC431 and Fluorad FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited); Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC -104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC-1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S-393 and Surflon KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., LTD.); and PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520 and PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. As a specific example, for example, a compound described in JP 2011-089090 A can be cited.

〔溶劑〕 組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 作為溶劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。 作為溶劑在組成物中的含量,並無特別限制,組成物的固體成分成為10~90質量%的量為較佳,成為10~40質量%的量為更佳,成為15~35質量%的量為進一步較佳。 溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上的溶劑時,將組成物的總固體成分調整成上述範圍內為較佳。〔Solvent〕 The composition preferably contains a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited, and a known solvent can be used. The content of the solvent in the composition is not particularly limited. The solid content of the composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and 15 to 35% by mass. The amount is more preferable. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When using two or more kinds of solvents, it is preferable to adjust the total solid content of the composition within the above-mentioned range.

作為溶劑,例如可舉出水及有機溶劑。Examples of the solvent include water and organic solvents.

作為有機溶劑,例如可舉出丙酮、甲乙酮、環己烷、乙酸乙酯、二氯乙烷、四氫呋喃、甲苯、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、乙醯丙酮、環己酮、環戊酮、二丙酮醇、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丙醇、甲氧基乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基乙酸丙酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、γ-丁內酯、乙酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及乳酸乙酯等,但並不限定於此。Examples of organic solvents include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, dichloroethane, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and propylene glycol. Monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxyethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, two Ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy propyl acetate, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfide, γ -Butyrolactone, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ethyl lactate, etc., but not limited to these.

(水) 組成物含有水時,其含量相對於組成物的總質量,0.001~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01~3.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。 其中,水的含量相對於組成物的總質量若在3.0質量%以下(更佳為1.0質量%以下),則容易抑制由水解等引起之組成物中的成分的經時黏度穩定性的劣化,若在0.01質量%以上(較佳為0.1質量%以上),則容易改善經時沉降穩定性。(water) When the composition contains water, the content is preferably 0.001 to 5.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the composition, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. Among them, if the content of water is 3.0% by mass or less (more preferably 1.0% by mass or less) relative to the total mass of the composition, it is easy to suppress the deterioration of the viscosity stability over time of the components in the composition caused by hydrolysis or the like. If it is 0.01% by mass or more (preferably 0.1% by mass or more), it is easy to improve sedimentation stability over time.

〔其他任意成分〕 組成物可進一步含有除了上述成分以外的其他任意成分。例如,可舉出敏化劑、共敏化劑、交聯劑、硬化促進劑、填料、熱硬化促進劑、增塑劑、稀釋劑及感脂化劑等,進而,還可依據需要添加對基板表面的黏附促進劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、流平劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑、香料、界面張力調整劑及鏈轉移劑等)等公知的添加劑。 該等成分例如能夠參考日本特開2012-003225號公報的段落0183~0228(對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的段落0237~0309)、日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落0101~0102、段落0103~0104、段落0107~0109及日本特開2013-195480號公報的段落0159~0184等的記載,該等內容引入本申請說明書中。〔Other optional ingredients〕 The composition may further contain optional components other than the above-mentioned components. For example, sensitizers, co-sensitizers, crosslinking agents, hardening accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, diluents, and fat-sensitizing agents can be cited. Furthermore, the Adhesion promoters and other auxiliary agents on the substrate surface (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, antioxidants, fragrances, interfacial tension regulators, and chain transfer agents Etc.) and other well-known additives. For these components, refer to paragraphs 0183 to 0228 of JP 2012-003225 A (corresponding to paragraphs 0237 to 0309 of the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812) and paragraph 0101 of JP 2008-250074 A -0102, paragraphs 0103 to 0104, paragraphs 0107 to 0109, and paragraphs 0159 to 0184 of JP 2013-195480 A, etc., these contents are incorporated into the specification of this application.

作為填料,組成物含有無機粒子為較佳,含有二氧化矽粒子為更佳。二氧化矽粒子可以為實心二氧化矽、中空二氧化矽及多孔質二氧化矽中的任一種。 組成物中的二氧化矽粒子的含量,並無特別限制,從低反射性優異之觀點考慮,相對於組成物的總固體成分為1~15質量%為較佳,4~10質量%為更佳。 二氧化矽粒子的平均一次粒徑,並無特別限制,40nm以上且小於100為較佳。二氧化矽粒子的平均一次粒徑與顏料的平均一次粒徑同樣地,能夠利用穿透式電子顯微鏡(TEM)來測定。As the filler, the composition preferably contains inorganic particles, and more preferably contains silica particles. The silicon dioxide particles may be any one of solid silicon dioxide, hollow silicon dioxide and porous silicon dioxide. The content of silicon dioxide particles in the composition is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of excellent low reflectivity, it is preferably 1-15% by mass, and more preferably 4-10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. good. The average primary particle size of the silicon dioxide particles is not particularly limited, and it is preferably 40 nm or more and less than 100. The average primary particle size of the silica particles can be measured with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) in the same way as the average primary particle size of the pigment.

二氧化矽粒子的表面可以被改質,表面藉由官能基修飾之二氧化矽粒子為較佳。作為修飾二氧化矽粒子的表面之官能基,例如可舉出碳化氫基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、含氟基團、包含矽氧烷鍵之基團、羥基、酸基及鹼性基。 經表面修飾之二氧化矽粒子的合成方法(二氧化矽粒子的表面修飾方法)並無特別限制,能夠利用使用表面修飾劑之公知的方法。例如,可舉出利用在分子中含有水解性基和上述官能基之矽烷偶合劑來修飾二氧化矽粒子的表面的方法、以及使在表面具有乙烯性不飽和基(例如(甲基)丙烯醯基及乙烯基)之二氧化矽粒子與具有乙烯性不飽和基及上述官能基之化合物在聚合起始劑的存在下進行反應的方法。 經表面修飾之二氧化矽粒子的合成方法中表面修飾劑的使用量,並無特別限制,表面修飾劑相對於二氧化矽粒子的組成物的總固體成分的含量成為1~70質量%的量為較佳,成為5~50質量%的量為更佳。另外,表面修飾劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。The surface of the silica particles can be modified, and silica particles whose surfaces are modified with functional groups are preferred. Examples of functional groups that modify the surface of silica particles include hydrocarbon groups, (meth)acrylic groups, vinyl groups, fluorine-containing groups, groups containing siloxane bonds, hydroxyl groups, acid groups, and Basic base. The synthesis method of the surface-modified silica particles (the surface modification method of the silica particles) is not particularly limited, and a known method using a surface modifier can be used. For example, a method of modifying the surface of silica particles with a silane coupling agent containing a hydrolyzable group and the above-mentioned functional group in the molecule, and making the surface have an ethylenically unsaturated group (such as (meth)acrylic acid) A method of reacting silicon dioxide particles with ethylenic unsaturated groups and the above functional groups in the presence of a polymerization initiator. The amount of surface modifier used in the method of synthesizing surface-modified silica particles is not particularly limited, and the content of the surface modifier relative to the total solid content of the silica particle composition is 1 to 70% by mass It is more preferable, and it is more preferable to become an amount of 5-50 mass %. In addition, the surface modifier may be used singly or in two or more types.

〔組成物的製造方法〕 關於組成物,首先製造分散了黑色著色劑的分散組成物,將所獲得之分散組成物進一步與其他成分混合而作為組成物為較佳。 關於分散組成物,將黑色著色材、樹脂(可以為特定樹脂,亦可以為其他樹脂,分散劑為較佳)及溶劑混合而製備為較佳。又,使分散組成物含有聚合抑制劑亦較佳。[Method of manufacturing composition] Regarding the composition, first, a dispersion composition in which a black colorant is dispersed is produced, and the obtained dispersion composition is further mixed with other components to form a composition. Regarding the dispersion composition, it is preferable to mix and prepare a black coloring material, a resin (which may be a specific resin or another resin, and a dispersant is preferable) and a solvent. Furthermore, it is also preferable to make the dispersion composition contain a polymerization inhibitor.

上述分散組成物能夠藉由公知的混合方法(例如利用攪拌機、均質儀、高壓乳化裝置、濕式粉碎機或濕式分散機等之混合方法)混合上述各成分來製備。The above-mentioned dispersion composition can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components by a known mixing method (for example, a mixing method using a stirrer, a homogenizer, a high-pressure emulsification device, a wet mill or a wet disperser).

製備組成物時,可以一次性摻合各成分,亦可以將各成分分別在溶劑中溶解或分散之後依次摻合。又,摻合時的投入順序及作業條件並無特別限制。When preparing the composition, each component may be blended at once, or each component may be dissolved or dispersed in a solvent and then blended sequentially. In addition, there are no particular restrictions on the order of input and working conditions during blending.

以去除異物及減少缺陷等為目的,利用過濾器過濾組成物為較佳。 作為過濾器,只要是一直以來用於過濾用途等之過濾器,則能夠無特別限定地使用。例如,可舉出基於PTFE(聚四氟乙烯)等氟樹脂、尼龍的聚胺系樹脂、以及聚乙烯及聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量)等之過濾器。該等原材料中,聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)、尼龍為較佳。 過濾器的孔徑為0.1~7.0μm為較佳,0.2~2.5μm為更佳,0.2~1.5μm為進一步較佳,0.3~0.7μm為特佳。若設在該範圍,則能夠抑制顏料的過濾堵塞,並且能夠確實去除顏料所包含的雜質及凝聚物等微細的異物。 使用過濾器時,可組合不同的過濾器。此時,藉由第1過濾器的過濾可只進行1次,亦可進行2次以上。組合不同的過濾器來進行2次以上的過濾時,第2次之後的孔徑與第1次過濾的孔徑相比,相同或更大為較佳。又,可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的第1過濾器。此處的孔徑能夠參考過濾器廠商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如能夠從由NIHON PALL LTD.、Toyo Roshi Kaisha, Ltd.、Nihon Entegris K.K.(原Mykrolis Corpration)及KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION等提供之各種過濾器中選擇。 第2過濾器能夠使用由與上述第1過濾器相同的材料等形成之過濾器。第2的過濾器的孔徑為0.2~10.0μm為較佳,0.2~7.0μm為更佳,0.3~6.0μm為進一步較佳。 組成物不含金屬、含有鹵之金屬鹽、酸、鹼等雜質為較佳。作為該等材料所包含的雜質的含量,1質量ppm以下為較佳,1質量ppb以下為更佳,100質量ppt以下為進一步較佳,10質量ppt以下為特佳,實質上不包含(測定裝置的檢測界限以下)為最佳。 另外,上述雜質能夠藉由電感耦合等離子體質譜儀(Yokogawa Electric Corporation製,Agilent 7500cs型)進行測定。For the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects, it is preferable to filter the composition with a filter. As the filter, as long as it is a filter conventionally used for filtering purposes, etc., it can be used without particular limitation. Examples include filters based on fluororesins such as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), polyamine resins such as nylon, and polyolefin resins (including high density and ultra-high molecular weight) such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP). . Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 2.5 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 1.5 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 0.7 μm. If it is set in this range, the filter clogging of the pigment can be suppressed, and fine foreign matter such as impurities and aggregates contained in the pigment can be reliably removed. When using filters, different filters can be combined. At this time, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times. When combining different filters to perform filtration more than two times, the pore size after the second filtration is preferably the same or larger than the pore size of the first filtration. In addition, it is possible to combine first filters with different pore diameters within the above range. The pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, it can be selected from various filters provided by NIHON PALL LTD., Toyo Roshi Kaisha, Ltd., Nihon Entegris K.K. (formerly Mykrolis Corpration), and KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION. As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as the above-mentioned first filter can be used. The pore diameter of the second filter is preferably 0.2 to 10.0 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 7.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.3 to 6.0 μm. It is preferable that the composition does not contain impurities such as metals, halogen-containing metal salts, acids, and alkalis. As for the content of impurities contained in these materials, 1 mass ppm or less is preferred, 1 mass ppb or less is more preferred, 100 mass ppt or less is even more preferred, and 10 mass ppt or less is particularly preferred. It does not substantially contain (measured Below the detection limit of the device) is the best. In addition, the aforementioned impurities can be measured by an inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer (manufactured by Yokogawa Electric Corporation, Agilent 7500cs type).

〔硬化膜的製造方法〕 可以對使用上述組成物來形成之組成物層進行硬化而獲得硬化膜(包含圖案狀的硬化膜)。 作為硬化膜的製造方法,並無特別限制,含有以下製程為較佳。 •組成物層形成製程 •曝光製程 •顯影製程 以下,對各製程進行說明。〔Method of manufacturing cured film〕 The composition layer formed using the above composition can be cured to obtain a cured film (including a patterned cured film). There are no particular restrictions on the method of producing the cured film, but it is preferable to include the following processes. •Composition layer formation process •Exposure process •Development process Hereinafter, each process will be described.

<組成物層形成製程> 在組成物層形成製程中,在曝光之前對支撐體等之上賦予組成物來形成組成物的層(組成物層)。作為支撐體,例如能夠使用在基板(例如矽基板)上設置有CCD(Charge Coupled Device:電荷耦合元件)或CMOS(Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor:互補型金屬氧化膜半導體)等攝像元件(受光元件)之固體攝像元件用基板。又,依據需要,在支撐體上可以設置用於改善與上部層之密接、防止物質的擴散及基板表面的平坦化等的下塗層。<Composition layer formation process> In the composition layer forming process, the composition is applied to the support or the like before exposure to form a layer of the composition (composition layer). As the support, for example, an imaging element (light-receiving element) such as CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor) provided on a substrate (for example, a silicon substrate) can be used The solid-state imaging device substrate. In addition, if necessary, an undercoat layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, and flattening the surface of the substrate may be provided on the support.

作為對支撐體上的組成物的適用方法,能夠適用狹縫塗佈法、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈法、流延塗佈法、輥塗法及網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。作為組成物層的膜厚,0.1~10μm為較佳,0.2~5μm為更佳,0.2~3μm為進一步較佳。塗佈於支撐體上的組成物層的乾燥(預烘烤)可以利用加熱板、烘箱等以50~140℃的溫度進行10~300秒。As a method of applying the composition on the support, various coating methods such as a slit coating method, an inkjet method, a spin coating method, a cast coating method, a roll coating method, and a screen printing method can be applied. The thickness of the composition layer is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 5 μm, and even more preferably 0.2 to 3 μm. The drying (pre-baking) of the composition layer applied on the support can be performed at a temperature of 50 to 140° C. for 10 to 300 seconds using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.

〔曝光製程〕 在曝光製程中,對在組成物層形成製程中形成的組成物層照射光化射線或放射線來進行曝光,並硬化經光照射的組成物層。 作為光照射的方法,並無特別限制,經由具有圖案狀的開口部之光罩進行光照射為較佳。 曝光藉由放射線的照射來進行為較佳,作為曝光時能夠使用的放射線,尤其g射線、h射線及i射線等紫外線為較佳,作為光源,高壓水銀燈為較佳。照射強度為5~1500mJ/cm2 為較佳,10~1000mJ/cm2 為更佳。 另外,組成物含有熱聚合起始劑時,可以在上述曝光製程中加熱組成物層。作為加熱溫度,並無特別限制,80~250℃為較佳。又,作為加熱時間,並無特別限制,30~300秒為較佳。 另外,在曝光製程中,加熱組成物層時,可兼作後述後之加熱製程。換言之,在曝光製程中,加熱組成物層時,可以不進行後烘烤。[Exposure Process] In the exposure process, the composition layer formed in the composition layer formation process is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation to perform exposure, and the composition layer irradiated with light is hardened. The method of light irradiation is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to perform light irradiation through a photomask having patterned openings. Exposure is preferably performed by irradiation of radiation. As the radiation that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays are particularly preferred. As the light source, a high-pressure mercury lamp is preferred. The irradiation intensity is preferably 5 to 1500 mJ/cm 2 and more preferably 10 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 . In addition, when the composition contains a thermal polymerization initiator, the composition layer may be heated in the aforementioned exposure process. The heating temperature is not particularly limited, but 80 to 250°C is preferred. In addition, the heating time is not particularly limited, but 30 to 300 seconds is preferable. In addition, in the exposure process, when the composition layer is heated, it can also be used as a heating process described later. In other words, during the exposure process, when the composition layer is heated, post-baking may not be performed.

〔顯影製程〕 顯影製程係對曝光後的上述組成物層進行顯影來形成硬化膜之製程。藉由本製程,溶出曝光製程中的未照射光部分的組成物層,僅留下光硬化的部分來獲得圖案狀的硬化膜。 在顯影製程中使用的顯影液的種類並無特別限制,不會引起基底的攝像元件及電路等的損傷之鹼顯影液為較佳。 作為顯影溫度,例如為20~30℃。 顯影時間例如為20~90秒。為了進一步去除殘渣,近年來亦有實施120~180秒的情況。進而,為了更加提高殘渣去除性,有時亦反覆進行數次每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進一步重新供給顯影液之製程。〔Development process〕 The developing process is a process of developing the exposed composition layer to form a hardened film. Through this process, the composition layer of the unirradiated part in the exposure process is dissolved out, leaving only the light-hardened part to obtain a patterned cured film. The type of developer used in the development process is not particularly limited, and an alkaline developer that does not cause damage to the imaging elements and circuits of the substrate is preferred. The development temperature is, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is, for example, 20 to 90 seconds. In order to further remove the residue, it has been carried out for 120 to 180 seconds in recent years. Furthermore, in order to further improve the residue removal performance, sometimes the process of spinning off the developer solution every 60 seconds is repeated several times, and further supplying the developer solution again.

作為鹼顯影液,將鹼性化合物在水中溶解至濃度成為0.001~10質量%(較佳為0.01~5質量%)來製備之鹼性水溶液為較佳。 鹼性化合物例如可舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化芐基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶及1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等(其中,有機鹼為較佳。)。 另外,用作鹼顯影液時,通常在顯影後利用水實施洗淨處理。As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving an alkaline compound in water to a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass (preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass) is preferred. Examples of basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, hydroxide Tetraethylammonium, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]- 7-Undecene, etc. (Among them, organic bases are preferred.). In addition, when it is used as an alkali developer, it is usually washed with water after development.

〔後烘烤〕 曝光製程之後,進行加熱處理(後烘烤)為較佳。後烘烤係用於完全硬化之顯影後的加熱處理。其加熱溫度為240℃以下為較佳,220℃以下為更佳。下限無特別限制,若考慮高效且有效的處理,則50℃以上為較佳,100℃以上為更佳。 後烘烤可以利用加熱板、流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)或高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以連續式或分批進行。〔Post-baking〕 After the exposure process, heat treatment (post-baking) is better. Post-baking is used for heat treatment after development for complete curing. The heating temperature is preferably 240°C or less, and more preferably 220°C or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and if efficient and effective treatment is considered, 50°C or higher is preferable, and 100°C or higher is more preferable. Post-baking can be carried out continuously or in batches using heating mechanisms such as heating plates, flow ovens (hot air circulation dryers) or high-frequency heating machines.

上述後烘烤可以在低氧濃度的氛圍下進行。其氧濃度例如為19體積%以下為較佳,15體積%以下為更佳,10體積%以下為進一步較佳,7體積%以下為特佳,3體積%以下為最佳。下限無特別限制,實際上為10體積ppm以上。The above-mentioned post-baking can be performed in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration. For example, the oxygen concentration is preferably 19% by volume or less, more preferably 15% by volume or less, more preferably 10% by volume or less, particularly preferably 7% by volume or less, and most preferably 3% by volume or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is actually 10 volume ppm or more.

又,可以變更為基於上述加熱之後烘烤,並藉由UV(紫外線)照射而使其完全硬化。 此時,上述組成物進一步含有UV硬化劑為較佳。UV硬化劑係能夠在為了基於通常的i射線曝光之微影製程而添加的聚合起始劑的曝光波長亦即比365nm短波的波長下硬化之UV硬化劑為較佳。作為UV硬化劑,例如可舉出Ciba IRGACURE 2959(商品名)。在進行UV照射時,組成物層係在波長340nm以下硬化之材料為較佳。波長的下限值無特別限制,通常為220nm以上。又,UV照射的曝光量為100~5000mJ為較佳,300~4000mJ為更佳,800~3500mJ為進一步較佳。該UV硬化製程在微影製程之後進行,但由於更有效地進行低溫硬化,因此較佳。曝光光源使用無臭氧水銀燈為較佳。In addition, it can be changed to be baked based on the above heating and then completely cured by UV (ultraviolet) irradiation. In this case, it is preferable that the aforementioned composition further contains a UV curing agent. The UV curing agent is preferably a UV curing agent that can be cured at the exposure wavelength of the polymerization initiator added for the lithography process based on the usual i-ray exposure, that is, shorter than the wavelength of 365 nm. As a UV curing agent, Ciba IRGACURE 2959 (trade name) can be mentioned, for example. When UV irradiation is performed, the composition layer is preferably a material that hardens at a wavelength of 340 nm or less. The lower limit of the wavelength is not particularly limited, but it is usually 220 nm or more. Furthermore, the exposure amount of UV irradiation is preferably 100 to 5000 mJ, more preferably 300 to 4000 mJ, and even more preferably 800 to 3500 mJ. The UV curing process is performed after the lithography process, but it is better because of the more effective low-temperature curing. The exposure light source is preferably a non-ozone mercury lamp.

[硬化膜的物性及硬化膜的用途] 〔硬化膜的物性〕[Physical properties of cured film and uses of cured film] [Physical properties of cured film]

如在上述圖1中說明,所形成的硬化膜典型的是包含黑色著色材之黑色層(下側層)和由特定樹脂形成之(含有特定樹脂的硬化物)包覆層(上側層)的2層結構。另外,通常,包覆層係在與配置於基板上之硬化膜中的基板相反的一側(空氣側)配置的層。 黑色層中主要含有上述黑色著色材。 包覆層係偏在於塗佈組成物而得的塗膜的表面附近之特定樹脂硬化而成之層。另外,在包覆層中,可以含有未反應的特定樹脂。 又,包覆層亦可以含有除了源自特定樹脂的成分(特定樹脂的硬化物及未反應的特定樹脂等)以外的成分。然而,包覆層實質上不含有黑色著色材為較佳。具體而言,包覆層中的黑色著色材的含量相對於包覆層的總質量為5質量%以下為較佳,1質量%以下為更佳。 包覆層的折射率比黑色層的折射率低為較佳。 硬化膜的膜厚例如為0.1~4.0μm為較佳,1.0~2.5μm為更佳。又,依據用途,相較於該範圍,硬化膜可設為薄膜,亦可設為厚膜。 又,在將硬化膜用作光衰減膜時,相較於上述範圍,設為薄膜(例如0.1~0.5μm)而調整遮光性亦較佳。 包覆層的膜厚取決於硬化膜整體的膜厚,但例如5~300nm為較佳,10~200nm為更佳,20~200nm為更佳,20以上且小於175nm為特佳。 硬化膜及包覆層的膜厚能夠藉由硬化膜的剖面SEM(Scanning Electron Microscope)圖像來測定。As illustrated in Figure 1 above, the cured film formed is typically a black layer (lower layer) containing a black coloring material and a coating layer (upper layer) made of a specific resin (cured material containing a specific resin) 2-layer structure. In addition, generally, the coating layer is a layer arranged on the side (air side) opposite to the substrate in the cured film arranged on the substrate. The black layer mainly contains the above-mentioned black coloring material. The coating layer is a layer formed by hardening the specific resin near the surface of the coating film obtained by applying the composition. In addition, the coating layer may contain unreacted specific resin. In addition, the coating layer may contain components other than the components derived from the specific resin (the cured product of the specific resin, the unreacted specific resin, etc.). However, it is preferable that the coating layer does not substantially contain a black coloring material. Specifically, the content of the black coloring material in the coating layer is preferably 5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the coating layer, and more preferably 1% by mass or less. The refractive index of the clad layer is preferably lower than the refractive index of the black layer. The thickness of the cured film is, for example, preferably 0.1 to 4.0 μm, and more preferably 1.0 to 2.5 μm. Moreover, depending on the application, the cured film may be a thin film or a thick film compared to this range. Moreover, when a cured film is used as a light attenuation film, it is better to set it as a thin film (for example, 0.1-0.5 micrometer) than the said range, and to adjust the light-shielding property. The film thickness of the coating layer depends on the film thickness of the entire cured film, but for example, 5 to 300 nm is preferable, 10 to 200 nm is more preferable, 20 to 200 nm is more preferable, and 20 or more and less than 175 nm is particularly preferable. The film thickness of the cured film and the coating layer can be measured from the cross-sectional SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope) image of the cured film.

從具有優異之遮光性的觀點考慮,使用本發明的組成物來獲得之硬化膜在400~1200nm的波長區域中的每1.0μm膜厚的光學濃度(OD:Optical Density)為2.0以上為較佳,3.0以上為更佳。另外,上限值並無特別限制,通常10以下為較佳。上述硬化膜能夠較佳地用作遮光膜。 又,將硬化膜(遮光膜)用作光衰減膜時,在400~1200nm的波長區域中的每1.0μm膜厚的光學濃度例如為0.1~1.5為較佳,0.2~1.0為更佳。又,在本說明書中,在400~1200nm的波長區域中的每1.0μm膜厚的光學濃度為3.0以上是表示在波長400~1200nm的整個區域中,每1.0μm膜厚的光學濃度為3.0以上。 另外,在本說明書中,作為硬化膜的光學濃度的測定方法,首先在玻璃基板上形成硬化膜之後利用透射式濃度計(X-rite 361T(visual)densitometer)測定,亦測定所測定部位的膜厚,並算出每規定膜厚的光學濃度。From the viewpoint of having excellent light-shielding properties, the cured film obtained by using the composition of the present invention preferably has an optical density (OD: Optical Density) of 2.0 or more per 1.0 μm film thickness in the wavelength region of 400 to 1200 nm , 3.0 or more is better. In addition, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 10 or less is generally preferred. The above-mentioned cured film can be preferably used as a light-shielding film. Moreover, when a cured film (light-shielding film) is used as a light attenuation film, the optical density per 1.0 μm film thickness in the wavelength region of 400 to 1200 nm is preferably 0.1 to 1.5, and more preferably 0.2 to 1.0. In addition, in this specification, the optical density per 1.0 μm film thickness in the wavelength region of 400 to 1200 nm of 3.0 or more means that the optical density per 1.0 μm film thickness in the entire wavelength region of 400 to 1200 nm is 3.0 or more . In addition, in this specification, as a method of measuring the optical density of the cured film, the cured film is first formed on the glass substrate and then measured with a transmission densitometer (X-rite 361T (visual) densitometer), and the film at the measured part is also measured. Thickness, and calculate the optical density per predetermined film thickness.

又,上述硬化膜具有表面凹凸結構亦較佳。若如此,能夠降低將硬化膜作為遮光膜時的硬化膜的反射率。可以在硬化膜其本身的表面具有凹凸結構,亦可以在硬化膜上設置另外的層來賦予凹凸結構。表面凹凸結構的形狀並無特別限定,表面粗糙度在0.55μm以上且1.5μm以下範圍為較佳。 硬化膜的反射率在5%以下為較佳,3%以下為更佳,2%以下為進一步較佳。 製作表面凹凸結構之方法並無特別限定,可以為在硬化膜或其以外的層含有有機填料和/或無機填料之方法、利用曝光顯影之微影法、或利用蝕刻法、濺射法及奈米壓印法等使硬化膜或其以外的層的表面粗面化之方法。 又,作為降低上述硬化膜的反射率之方法,除了上述以外,還可舉出在硬化膜上設置低折射率層之方法、進一步設置複數個折射率不同的層(例如高折射率層)之方法及日本特開2015-001654號公報中記載之形成低光學濃度層和高光學濃度層之方法等。In addition, it is also preferable that the cured film has a surface uneven structure. If so, the reflectance of the cured film when the cured film is used as the light shielding film can be reduced. The surface of the cured film itself may have an uneven structure, or another layer may be provided on the cured film to give the uneven structure. The shape of the surface uneven structure is not particularly limited, but the surface roughness is preferably in the range of 0.55 μm or more and 1.5 μm or less. The reflectance of the cured film is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less. The method of making the surface uneven structure is not particularly limited, and it may be a method of containing organic fillers and/or inorganic fillers in the cured film or other layers, the lithography method using exposure and development, or the etching method, sputtering method, and A method of roughening the surface of the cured film or other layers such as rice stamping. In addition, as a method of reducing the reflectance of the cured film, in addition to the above, a method of providing a low refractive index layer on the cured film, and further providing a plurality of layers with different refractive indexes (for example, a high refractive index layer) The method and the method of forming the low optical density layer and the high optical density layer described in JP 2015-001654 A, etc.

又,上述硬化膜適於個人計算機、平板電腦、移動電話、智能手機及數位相機等可攜式機器;多功能打印機及掃描儀等OA(Office Automation:辦公室自動化)機器;監視攝影機、條碼讀取器及自動櫃員機(ATM:automated teller machine)、高速相機及具有使用人像認證之本人認證功能之機器等產業用機器;車載用相機機器;內窺鏡、膠囊內窺鏡及導管等醫療用相機設備;以及活體感測器、生物感測器(Biosensor)、軍事偵查用相機、立體地圖用相機、氣象及海洋觀測相機、陸地資源偵查相機、以及宇宙的天文及深空目標用勘探相機等航天機器;等中使用之光學濾波器及模組的遮光構件及遮光膜,進而適於防反射構件以及防反射膜。In addition, the above-mentioned cured film is suitable for portable devices such as personal computers, tablet computers, mobile phones, smart phones, and digital cameras; OA (Office Automation) devices such as multifunction printers and scanners; surveillance cameras, barcode reading Industrial equipment such as automated teller machines (ATM: automated teller machine), high-speed cameras, and personal authentication functions that use portrait authentication; automotive camera equipment; medical camera equipment such as endoscopes, capsule endoscopes, and catheters ; And aerospace machines such as living body sensors, biosensors, military reconnaissance cameras, stereo map cameras, meteorological and ocean observation cameras, terrestrial resources reconnaissance cameras, and exploration cameras for astronomical and deep space targets in the universe ; The light-shielding member and light-shielding film of optical filters and modules used in etc., and further suitable for anti-reflection members and anti-reflection films.

上述硬化膜還能夠用於微型LED(Light Emitting Diode:發光二極體)及微型OLED(Organic Light Emitting Diode:有機發光二極體)等用途。上述硬化膜除了微型LED及微型OLED中使用之光學濾波器及光學薄膜以外,還適於賦予遮光功能或防反射功能之構件。 作為微型LED及微型OLED的例子,可舉出日本特表2015-500562號公報及日本特表2014-533890號公報中記載之例子。The above-mentioned cured film can also be used for applications such as micro LED (Light Emitting Diode) and micro OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode). In addition to optical filters and optical films used in micro LEDs and micro OLEDs, the above-mentioned cured film is also suitable for members that provide light shielding or anti-reflection functions. As examples of micro LEDs and micro OLEDs, examples described in Japanese Special Publication No. 2015-500562 and Japanese Special Publication No. 2014-533890 can be cited.

上述硬化膜作為用於量子點感測器及量子點固體攝像元件之光學濾波器及光學膜亦較佳。又,適合作為賦予遮光功能及防反射功能之構件。作為量子點感測器及量子點固體攝像元件的例子,可舉出美國專利申請公開第2012/037789號及國際公開第2008/131313號中記載之例子等。The above-mentioned cured film is also preferable as an optical filter and an optical film for quantum dot sensors and quantum dot solid-state imaging devices. Moreover, it is suitable as a member which provides a light-shielding function and an anti-reflection function. As examples of quantum dot sensors and quantum dot solid-state imaging elements, examples described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/037789 and International Publication No. 2008/131313 can be cited.

〔遮光膜、以及固體攝像元件及固體攝像裝置〕 本發明的遮光膜用於固體攝像元件亦較佳。 另外,遮光膜為本發明的硬化膜中的較佳用途之一,本發明的遮光膜的製造同樣可利用作為上述硬化膜的製造方法而說明的方法進行。具體而言,能夠在基板上塗佈組成物來形成組成物層,進行曝光及顯影來製造遮光膜。 又,本發明的固體攝像元件係含有上述本發明的硬化膜(遮光膜)之固體攝像元件。 如上述,本發明之固體攝像元件含有上述硬化膜(遮光膜)。作為固體攝像元件含有硬化膜(遮光膜)之形態,並無特別限制,例如可舉出在基板上具有包括構成固體攝像元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的受光區域之複數個光二極體及多晶矽等之受光元件,並在支撐體的受光元件形成面側(例如受光部以外的部分和/或調整顏色用畫素等)或形成面的相反一側具有硬化膜之形態。 又,將硬化膜(遮光膜)用作光衰減膜時,例如,若將光衰減膜配置成一部分光在通過光衰減膜之後入射於受光元件,則能夠改善固體攝像元件的動態範圍。 固體攝像裝置含有上述固體攝像元件。[Light-shielding film, and solid-state imaging element and solid-state imaging device] The light-shielding film of the present invention is also suitable for solid-state imaging devices. In addition, the light-shielding film is one of the preferable applications of the cured film of the present invention, and the production of the light-shielding film of the present invention can also be performed by the method described as the method of manufacturing the cured film. Specifically, the composition can be coated on a substrate to form a composition layer, and exposure and development can be performed to produce a light-shielding film. In addition, the solid-state imaging element of the present invention is a solid-state imaging element including the cured film (light-shielding film) of the present invention. As described above, the solid-state imaging device of the present invention contains the above-mentioned cured film (light-shielding film). The solid-state imaging element contains a hardened film (light-shielding film), and there is no particular limitation. For example, a solid-state imaging element (CCD image sensor, CMOS image sensor, etc.) having a light-receiving area on the substrate may be mentioned. Multiple light-receiving elements such as photodiodes and polysilicon, and have a hardened film on the side of the light-receiving element forming surface of the support (for example, parts other than the light-receiving part and/or pixels for color adjustment, etc.) or the opposite side of the forming surface form. In addition, when a cured film (light-shielding film) is used as the light attenuation film, for example, if the light attenuation film is arranged so that a part of light enters the light receiving element after passing through the light attenuation film, the dynamic range of the solid-state imaging element can be improved. The solid-state imaging device includes the above-mentioned solid-state imaging element.

參考圖2~圖3,對固體攝像裝置及固體攝像元件的構成例進行說明。另外,在圖2~圖3中,為了使各部清楚,無視厚度和/或寬度的相互比率而誇大表示一部分。 如圖2所示,固體攝像裝置100具備矩形狀的固體攝像元件101、保持在固體攝像元件101的上方且密封該固體攝像元件101之透明的蓋玻璃103。進而,在該蓋玻璃103上隔著間隔物104而重疊設置有透鏡層111。透鏡層111由支撐體113和透鏡材112構成。透鏡層111可以由支撐體113和透鏡材112形成為一體。若透鏡層111的周緣區域入射有雜散光,則因光的擴散而在透鏡材112的聚光效果被減弱,到達攝像部102之光減少。又,亦發生由雜散光引起之雜訊的產生。因此,在該透鏡層111的周緣區域設置遮光膜114而進行遮光。本發明的硬化膜亦能夠用作上述遮光膜114。2 to 3, a configuration example of a solid-state imaging device and a solid-state imaging element will be described. In addition, in FIG. 2 to FIG. 3, in order to make each part clear, the mutual ratio of thickness and/or width is ignored, and a part is exaggerated and shown. As shown in FIG. 2, the solid-state imaging device 100 includes a rectangular solid-state imaging element 101 and a transparent cover glass 103 that is held above the solid-state imaging element 101 and seals the solid-state imaging element 101. Furthermore, the lens layer 111 is superposed on this cover glass 103 via the spacer 104. As shown in FIG. The lens layer 111 is composed of a support 113 and a lens material 112. The lens layer 111 may be integrally formed by the support 113 and the lens material 112. If stray light enters the peripheral region of the lens layer 111, the light condensing effect on the lens material 112 due to the diffusion of the light is weakened, and the light reaching the imaging unit 102 is reduced. In addition, noise caused by stray light also occurs. Therefore, a light shielding film 114 is provided in the peripheral region of the lens layer 111 to shield light. The cured film of the present invention can also be used as the light shielding film 114 described above.

固體攝像元件101對成像於成為其受光面之攝像部102之光學像進行光電轉換並作為圖像訊號而輸出。該固體攝像元件101具備積層有2片基板之積層基板105。積層基板105包括同尺寸的矩形狀的晶片基板106及電路基板107,在晶片基板106的背面積層有電路基板107。The solid-state imaging element 101 photoelectrically converts the optical image formed on the imaging section 102 as its light-receiving surface and outputs it as an image signal. The solid-state imaging element 101 includes a multilayer substrate 105 in which two substrates are laminated. The multilayer substrate 105 includes a rectangular wafer substrate 106 and a circuit substrate 107 of the same size, and the circuit substrate 107 is layered on the back area of the wafer substrate 106.

作為用作晶片基板106之基板的材料,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的材料。The material used as the substrate of the wafer substrate 106 is not particularly limited, and known materials can be used.

在晶片基板106的表面中央部設置有攝像部102。又,若在攝像部102的周緣區域入射有雜散光,則從該周緣區域內的電路產生暗電流(雜訊),因此在該周緣區域設置遮光膜115而進行遮光。本發明的硬化膜用作遮光膜115為較佳。An imaging unit 102 is provided in the center of the surface of the wafer substrate 106. In addition, if stray light enters the peripheral region of the imaging unit 102, dark current (noise) is generated from the circuit in the peripheral region, so the light shielding film 115 is provided in the peripheral region to shield light. The cured film of the present invention is preferably used as the light-shielding film 115.

在晶片基板106的表面邊緣部設置有複數個電極墊108。電極墊108經由設置於晶片基板106的表面之未圖示的訊號線(接合線亦可)與攝像部102電連接。A plurality of electrode pads 108 are provided on the edge of the surface of the wafer substrate 106. The electrode pad 108 is electrically connected to the imaging unit 102 via a signal wire (bonding wire may also be used) provided on the surface of the chip substrate 106 and not shown.

在電路基板107的背面,分別在各電極墊108的大致下方位置設置有外部連接端子109。各外部連接端子109經由垂直貫通積層基板105之貫通電極110而分別與電極墊108連接。又,各外部連接端子109經由未圖示的配線而與控制固體攝像元件101的驅動之控制電路及對輸出自固體攝像元件101的攝像訊號實施圖像處理之圖像處理電路等連接。On the back surface of the circuit board 107, external connection terminals 109 are provided substantially below the electrode pads 108, respectively. Each external connection terminal 109 is connected to the electrode pad 108 via a through electrode 110 that penetrates the build-up substrate 105 vertically. In addition, each external connection terminal 109 is connected to a control circuit that controls the drive of the solid-state imaging element 101, an image processing circuit that performs image processing on the imaging signal output from the solid-state imaging element 101, and the like via wiring not shown.

如圖3所示,攝像部102由受光元件201、濾色器202、微透鏡203等設置於基板204上的各部構成。濾色器202具有藍色畫素205b、紅色畫素205r、綠色畫素205g及黑矩陣205bm。本發明的硬化膜可用作黑矩陣205bm。As shown in FIG. 3, the imaging unit 102 is composed of a light-receiving element 201, a color filter 202, a microlens 203, and other units provided on a substrate 204. The color filter 202 has a blue pixel 205b, a red pixel 205r, a green pixel 205g, and a black matrix 205bm. The cured film of the present invention can be used as the black matrix 205bm.

作為基板204的材料,能夠使用與前述晶片基板106相同的材料。在基板204的表層形成有p阱層206。在該p阱層206內,以正方格子狀排列形成有包含n型層且藉由光電轉換生成訊號電荷並蓄積之受光元件201。As the material of the substrate 204, the same material as the aforementioned wafer substrate 106 can be used. A p-well layer 206 is formed on the surface layer of the substrate 204. In the p-well layer 206, light-receiving elements 201 including n-type layers are formed in a square grid pattern and generate and accumulate signal charges by photoelectric conversion.

在受光元件201的一側方,經由p阱層206的表層的讀出柵極部207而形成有包括n型層之垂直傳輸路徑208。又,在受光元件201的另一側方,經由包括p型層之元件分離區域209而形成有屬於相鄰畫素的垂直傳輸路徑208。讀出柵極部207係用於將蓄積在受光元件201的訊號電荷讀出至垂直傳輸路徑208的通道區域。On one side of the light-receiving element 201, a vertical transfer path 208 including an n-type layer is formed through the readout gate portion 207 of the surface layer of the p-well layer 206. In addition, on the other side of the light receiving element 201, a vertical transmission path 208 belonging to adjacent pixels is formed through an element isolation region 209 including a p-type layer. The readout gate portion 207 is used to read out the signal charge accumulated in the light receiving element 201 to the channel area of the vertical transmission path 208.

在基板204的表面上形成有包括ONO(Oxide-Nitride-Oxide:氧化物-氮化物-氧化物)膜之柵極絕緣膜210。在該柵極絕緣膜210上,以覆蓋垂直傳輸路徑208、讀出柵極部207及元件分離區域209的大致正上方之方式形成有包括多晶矽或非晶質矽之垂直傳輸電極211。垂直傳輸電極211作為驅動垂直傳輸路徑208來進行電荷傳輸之驅動電極及驅動讀出柵極部207來進行訊號電荷讀出之讀出電極而發揮功能。訊號電荷在從垂直傳輸路徑208依次傳輸至未圖示的水平傳輸路徑及輸出部(浮動擴散放大器)之後,作為電壓訊號而輸出。A gate insulating film 210 including an ONO (Oxide-Nitride-Oxide: oxide-nitride-oxide) film is formed on the surface of the substrate 204. On the gate insulating film 210, a vertical transfer electrode 211 made of polycrystalline silicon or amorphous silicon is formed so as to cover substantially directly above the vertical transfer path 208, the readout gate portion 207, and the element isolation region 209. The vertical transfer electrode 211 functions as a drive electrode that drives the vertical transfer path 208 for charge transfer and a readout electrode that drives the readout gate portion 207 for signal charge readout. The signal charges are sequentially transmitted from the vertical transmission path 208 to the horizontal transmission path and the output unit (floating diffusion amplifier) not shown, and then output as a voltage signal.

在垂直傳輸電極211上,以覆蓋其表面之方式形成有遮光膜212。遮光膜212在受光元件201的正上方位置具有開口部,而對其以外的區域進行遮光。本發明的硬化膜亦可用作遮光膜212。 遮光膜212上設置有透明的中間層,該中間層包括:包括BPSG(borophospho silicate glass:硼磷矽玻璃)之絕緣膜213、包括P-SiN之絕緣膜(鈍化膜)214、包括透明樹脂等之平坦化膜215。濾色器202形成於中間層上。On the vertical transfer electrode 211, a light-shielding film 212 is formed so as to cover the surface thereof. The light-shielding film 212 has an opening at a position directly above the light-receiving element 201 and shields areas other than it from light. The cured film of the present invention can also be used as the light-shielding film 212. A transparent intermediate layer is provided on the light shielding film 212. The intermediate layer includes an insulating film 213 including BPSG (borophospho silicate glass), an insulating film (passivation film) 214 including P-SiN, a transparent resin, etc. The planarization film 215. The color filter 202 is formed on the intermediate layer.

〔圖像顯示裝置〕 本發明的硬化膜亦能夠適用於圖像顯示裝置。 作為圖像顯示裝置具有硬化膜之形態,例如可舉出硬化膜被包含在黑矩陣,含有此類黑矩陣之濾色器用於圖像顯示裝置之形態。 接著,對黑矩陣及含有黑矩陣之濾色器進行說明,進而,作為圖像顯示裝置的具體例,對含有此類濾色器之液晶顯示裝置進行說明。[Image display device] The cured film of the present invention can also be applied to image display devices. As a form in which the image display device has a cured film, for example, a form in which the cured film is contained in a black matrix and a color filter containing such a black matrix is used in the image display device can be cited. Next, the black matrix and the color filter including the black matrix will be described, and further, as a specific example of the image display device, a liquid crystal display device including such a color filter will be described.

<黑矩陣> 本發明的硬化膜被包含在黑矩陣亦較佳。黑矩陣有時會包含在濾色器、固體攝像元件及液晶顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。 作為黑矩陣,可舉出以上說明者;設置於液晶顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置的周緣部之黑色的邊緣;紅、藍及綠的畫素之間的格子狀和/或直線狀的黑色的部分;用於TFT(thin film transistor:薄膜電晶體)遮光的點狀和/或線狀的黑色圖案;等。關於該黑矩陣的定義,例如在菅野泰平著,“液晶顯示器製造裝置用語辭典”,第2版,NIKKAN KOGYO SHIMBUN,LTD.,1996年,64頁中有記載。 為了提高顯示對比度,又,為了在使用薄膜電晶體(TFT)的主動矩陣驅動方式的液晶顯示裝置的情況下防止由光的漏電流引起的畫質下降,黑矩陣具有高遮光性(以光學濃度OD計為3以上)為較佳。<Black matrix> It is also preferable that the cured film of the present invention is included in the black matrix. The black matrix is sometimes included in image display devices such as color filters, solid-state imaging elements, and liquid crystal display devices. Examples of the black matrix include those described above; a black edge provided on the periphery of an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device; a grid-like and/or linear black pattern between red, blue, and green pixels Part; dot-shaped and/or linear black patterns for TFT (thin film transistor) shading; etc. The definition of the black matrix is described in, for example, Yasuhira Kanno, "Dictionary of Terms for Liquid Crystal Display Manufacturing Device", 2nd Edition, NIKKAN KOGYO SHIMBUN, LTD., 1996, p. 64. In order to improve the display contrast, and to prevent the deterioration of image quality caused by light leakage current in the case of an active matrix drive type liquid crystal display device using thin film transistors (TFT), the black matrix has high light-shielding properties (with optical density OD counted as 3 or more) is preferable.

作為黑矩陣的製造方法,並無特別限制,能夠藉由與上述硬化膜的製造方法相同的方法製造。具體而言,能夠在基板上塗佈組成物來形成組成物層,進行曝光及顯影來製造圖案狀的硬化膜(黑矩陣)。另外,作為用作黑矩陣之硬化膜的膜厚,0.1~4.0μm為較佳。The black matrix manufacturing method is not particularly limited, and it can be manufactured by the same method as the manufacturing method of the cured film described above. Specifically, the composition can be coated on a substrate to form a composition layer, and exposure and development can be performed to produce a patterned cured film (black matrix). In addition, the thickness of the cured film used as the black matrix is preferably 0.1 to 4.0 μm.

作為上述基板的材料,並無特別限制,對可見光(波長400~800nm)具有80%以上的透射率為較佳。作為此類材料,具體而言,例如可舉出鈉鈣玻璃、無鹼玻璃、石英玻璃及硼矽玻璃等玻璃;聚酯系樹脂及聚烯烴系樹脂等塑膠;等,從耐化學性及耐熱性的觀點考慮,無鹼玻璃或石英玻璃等為較佳。The material of the substrate is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to have a transmittance of 80% or more for visible light (wavelength 400-800 nm). As such materials, specifically, for example, glass such as soda lime glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and borosilicate glass; plastics such as polyester resin and polyolefin resin; etc., from chemical resistance and heat resistance From the viewpoint of performance, alkali-free glass or quartz glass is preferable.

<濾色器> 本發明的硬化膜被包含在濾色器中亦較佳。 作為濾色器含有硬化膜之形態,並無特別限制,可舉出具備基板和上述黑矩陣之濾色器。亦即,能夠例示出具備在形成於基板上之上述黑矩陣的開口部形成之紅色、綠色及藍色的著色像素之濾色器。<Color filter> It is also preferable that the cured film of the present invention is included in a color filter. The form of the color filter containing a cured film is not particularly limited, and a color filter provided with a substrate and the above-mentioned black matrix is mentioned. That is, it is possible to exemplify a color filter having red, green, and blue colored pixels formed in the opening of the black matrix formed on the substrate.

含有黑矩陣(硬化膜)之濾色器例如能夠藉由以下方法製造。 首先,在形成於基板上之圖案狀的黑矩陣的開口部形成含有與濾色器的各著色畫素對應之顏料之組成物的塗膜(組成物層)。另外,作為各顏色用組成物,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的組成物,在本說明書中說明的組成物中,使用將黑色著色劑代替為與各畫素對應之著色劑之組成物為較佳。 接著,經由具有與黑矩陣的開口部對應之圖案之光罩而對組成物層進行曝光。接著,能夠藉由顯影處理去除未曝光部之後,進行烘烤而在黑矩陣的開口部形成著色畫素。例如利用含有紅色、綠色及藍色顏料之各顏色用組成物進行一系列操作,則能夠製造具有紅色、綠色及藍色畫素之濾色器。The color filter containing the black matrix (cured film) can be manufactured by the following method, for example. First, a coating film (composition layer) of a composition containing a pigment corresponding to each colored pixel of the color filter is formed in the opening of the patterned black matrix formed on the substrate. In addition, there are no particular limitations on the composition for each color, and a known composition can be used. In the composition described in this specification, a composition in which a black colorant is used instead of a colorant corresponding to each pixel is Better. Next, the composition layer is exposed through a photomask having a pattern corresponding to the opening of the black matrix. Next, after removing the unexposed portion by a development process, baking can be performed to form colored pixels in the openings of the black matrix. For example, by performing a series of operations on the composition for each color containing red, green, and blue pigments, it is possible to manufacture color filters with red, green, and blue pixels.

<液晶顯示裝置> 本發明的硬化膜被包含在液晶顯示裝置中亦較佳。作為液晶顯示裝置含有硬化膜之形態,並無特別限制,可舉出包含含有已說明的黑矩陣(硬化膜)之濾色器之形態。<Liquid crystal display device> It is also preferable that the cured film of the present invention is included in a liquid crystal display device. There are no particular limitations on the form in which the liquid crystal display device includes a cured film, and a form including a color filter including the black matrix (cured film) described above can be mentioned.

作為本實施形態之液晶顯示裝置,例如可舉出具備對向配置之一對基板及封入該等基板之間之液晶化合物之形態。作為上述基板,如作為黑矩陣用的基板已說明。As the liquid crystal display device of the present embodiment, for example, a mode provided with a pair of substrates arranged facing each other and a liquid crystal compound enclosed between the substrates can be cited. As the above-mentioned substrate, the substrate for the black matrix has been described.

作為上述液晶顯示裝置的具體形態,例如可舉出從使用者側依次含有偏振片/基板/濾色器/透明電極層/配向膜/液晶層/配向膜/透明電極層/TFT(Thin Film Transistor:薄膜電晶體)元件/基板/偏振片/背光單元之積層體。As a specific form of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display device, for example, a polarizer/substrate/color filter/transparent electrode layer/alignment film/liquid crystal layer/alignment film/transparent electrode layer/TFT (Thin Film Transistor : Thin-film transistor) component/substrate/polarizer/backlight unit laminated body.

另外,作為液晶顯示裝置,並不限於上述,例如可舉出“電子顯示器件(佐佐木 昭夫著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,LTD. 1990年發行)”、“顯示器件(伊吹順章著,Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co.,LTD. 1989年發行)”等中記載之液晶顯示裝置。又,例如可舉出“下一代液晶顯示技術(內田龍男編著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,LTD. 1994年發行)”中記載之液晶顯示裝置。In addition, the liquid crystal display device is not limited to the above, and examples include "electronic display devices (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., LTD., 1990)" and "display devices (by Ibuki Junsho, Sangyo Tosho). Publishing Co., LTD. issued in 1989)" and other liquid crystal display devices. Also, for example, a liquid crystal display device described in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (written by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., LTD. 1994)".

〔紅外線感測器〕 本發明的硬化膜被包含在紅外線感測器中亦較佳。 利用圖4對上述實施態樣之紅外線感測器進行說明。在圖4所示之紅外線感測器300中,圖示號310為固體攝像元件。 設置於固體攝像元件310上之攝像區域將紅外線吸收過濾器311和本發明的實施形態之濾色器312組合而構成。 紅外線吸收過濾器311係透射可見光區域的光(例如波長400~700nm的光),且遮蔽紅外區域的光(例如波長800~1300nm的光,較佳為波長900~1200nm的光,更佳為波長900~1000nm的光)之膜,作為著色劑能夠使用含有紅外線吸收劑(作為紅外線吸收劑的形態如上述說明。)之硬化膜。 濾色器312係形成有透射及吸收可見光區域中特定波長的光之畫素之濾色器,例如使用形成有紅色(R)、綠色(G)、藍色(B)的畫素之濾色器等,其形態如上述說明。 在紅外線透射過濾器313與固體攝像元件310之間,配置有使透射紅外線透射過濾器313之波長的光之樹脂膜314(例如透明樹脂膜等)。 紅外線透射過濾器313係具有可見光遮蔽性,且使特定波長的紅外線透射之過濾器,並能夠使用含有吸收可見光區域的光之著色劑(例如苝化合物和/或二苯並呋喃酮化合物等)及紅外線吸收劑(例如吡咯並吡咯化合物、酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物及聚次甲基化合物等)之本發明的硬化膜。紅外線透射過濾器313例如遮蔽波長400~830nm的光,透射波長900~1300nm的光為較佳。 濾色器312及紅外線透射濾波器313的入射光hν側配置有微透鏡315。以覆蓋微透鏡315之方式形成有平坦化膜316。 在圖4所示之形態中,配置有樹脂膜314,但可以形成紅外線透射過濾器313來代替樹脂膜314。亦即,可以在固體攝像元件310上形成紅外線透射過濾器313。 又,在圖4所示之形態中,濾色器312的膜厚與紅外線透射過濾器313的膜厚相同,但兩者的膜厚可以不同。 又,在圖4所示之形態中,濾色器312設置於比紅外線吸收過濾器311更靠近入射光hν側的位置,但亦可以調換紅外線吸收過濾器311和濾色器312的順序,而將紅外線吸收過濾器311設置於比濾色器312更靠近入射光hν側的位置。 又,在圖4所示之形態中,相鄰積層有紅外線吸收過濾器311和濾色器312,但兩個過濾器無需一定要相鄰,可以在兩個過濾器之間設置其他層。本發明的硬化膜除了能夠用作紅外線吸收過濾器311的表面的端部和/或側面等的遮光膜以外,若用於紅外線感測器的裝置內壁,則還能夠防止內部反射和/或對受光部的未預期的光入射而提高靈敏度。 依據該紅外線感測器,由於能夠同時獲取圖像資訊,因此能夠進行辨識檢測動作之對象之動作感測等。進而,能夠獲取距離資訊,因此能夠進行包含3D資訊之圖像的攝影。〔Infrared sensor〕 It is also preferable that the cured film of the present invention is included in an infrared sensor. The infrared sensor of the above embodiment will be described using FIG. 4. In the infrared sensor 300 shown in FIG. 4, the figure number 310 is a solid-state image sensor. The imaging area provided on the solid-state imaging element 310 is configured by combining the infrared absorption filter 311 and the color filter 312 of the embodiment of the present invention. The infrared absorption filter 311 transmits light in the visible light region (for example, light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm) and shields light in the infrared region (for example, light with a wavelength of 800 to 1300 nm, preferably light with a wavelength of 900 to 1200 nm, and more preferably a wavelength For the film of 900-1000nm light), as the coloring agent, a cured film containing an infrared absorber (the form of the infrared absorber is as described above) can be used. The color filter 312 is a color filter formed with pixels that transmit and absorb light of a specific wavelength in the visible light region, such as a color filter formed with pixels of red (R), green (G), and blue (B) The form of the device is as described above. Between the infrared transmission filter 313 and the solid-state imaging element 310, a resin film 314 (for example, a transparent resin film, etc.) which transmits light of the wavelength of the infrared transmission filter 313 is arranged. The infrared transmission filter 313 is a filter that has visible light shielding properties and transmits infrared rays of a specific wavelength, and can use coloring agents that absorb light in the visible light region (for example, perylene compounds and/or dibenzofuranone compounds) and The cured film of the present invention of an infrared absorber (for example, a pyrrolopyrrole compound, a phthalocyanine compound, a naphthalocyanine compound, a polymethine compound, etc.). The infrared transmission filter 313 shields light having a wavelength of 400 to 830 nm, and preferably transmits light having a wavelength of 900 to 1300 nm. The color filter 312 and the infrared transmission filter 313 are provided with a microlens 315 on the hν side of the incident light. A planarization film 316 is formed to cover the microlens 315. In the form shown in FIG. 4, a resin film 314 is arranged, but an infrared transmission filter 313 may be formed instead of the resin film 314. In other words, the infrared transmission filter 313 may be formed on the solid-state imaging element 310. Furthermore, in the form shown in FIG. 4, the film thickness of the color filter 312 and the film thickness of the infrared transmission filter 313 are the same, but the film thicknesses of the two may be different. Furthermore, in the form shown in FIG. 4, the color filter 312 is provided at a position closer to the incident light hν side than the infrared absorption filter 311, but the order of the infrared absorption filter 311 and the color filter 312 can also be changed. The infrared absorption filter 311 is provided at a position closer to the hν side of the incident light than the color filter 312. Furthermore, in the form shown in FIG. 4, the infrared absorption filter 311 and the color filter 312 are laminated adjacently, but the two filters need not necessarily be adjacent, and another layer may be provided between the two filters. The cured film of the present invention can be used as a light-shielding film for the end and/or side surface of the infrared absorption filter 311, and if used on the inner wall of the infrared sensor device, it can also prevent internal reflection and/or Unintended light incident on the light receiving part improves sensitivity. According to this infrared sensor, since image information can be acquired at the same time, it is possible to perform motion sensing for identifying and detecting the object of motion. Furthermore, distance information can be acquired, and therefore, images including 3D information can be photographed.

接著,對適用上述紅外線感測器之固體攝像裝置進行說明。 上述固體攝像裝置含有透鏡光學系統、固體攝像元件、紅外發光二極體等。另外,關於固體攝像裝置的各結構,能夠參考日本特開2011-233983號公報的段落0032~0036,該內容引入本說明書中。 [實施例]Next, a solid-state imaging device to which the above-mentioned infrared sensor is applied will be described. The solid-state imaging device described above includes a lens optical system, a solid-state imaging element, an infrared light-emitting diode, and the like. In addition, regarding each configuration of the solid-state imaging device, reference can be made to paragraphs 0032 to 0036 of JP 2011-233983 A, which are incorporated into this specification. [Example]

以下依據實施例對本發明進行更詳細的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則能夠適當變更。藉此,本發明的範圍並不應被以下示出之實施例限定性地解釋。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, and processing procedures shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not depart from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the embodiments shown below.

[遮光性組成物的製備] 如表4所示,將各成分以各質量份混合而製備了組成物1~41。 〔分散組成物的準備〕 為了製備遮光性組成物(以下,亦簡單稱為“組成物”),首先,製備了分散組成物。[Preparation of light-shielding composition] As shown in Table 4, each component was mixed in each part by mass to prepare compositions 1 to 41. 〔Preparation of dispersion composition〕 In order to prepare a light-shielding composition (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "composition"), first, a dispersion composition is prepared.

<鈦黑分散液A(分散液A)的製備> 使用SHINMARU ENTERPRISES CORPORATION製的NPM Pilot,對下述原料進行分散處理,藉此獲得了鈦黑分散液A。<Preparation of Titanium Black Dispersion A (Dispersion A)> The following raw materials were subjected to dispersion treatment using NPM Pilot manufactured by SHINMARU ENTERPRISES CORPORATION, whereby titanium black dispersion A was obtained.

•鈦黑(T-1)(詳細內容後述);25質量份 •樹脂(X-1)(詳細內容後述)的PGMEA30質量%溶液(顏料分散劑);25質量份 •PGMEA;23質量份 •乙酸丁酯;27質量份•Titanium black (T-1) (details will be described later); 25 parts by mass • Resin (X-1) (details will be described later) PGMEA 30% by mass solution (pigment dispersant); 25 parts by mass •PGMEA; 23 parts by mass • Butyl acetate; 27 parts by mass

另外,PGMEA表示丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。 又,樹脂(X-1)的PGMEA30質量%溶液表示將樹脂(X-1)溶解於PGMEA以使樹脂(X-1)的含量相對於溶液的總質量成為30質量%的溶液。以下,記載為“(物質名)的(溶劑名)(數字)質量%溶液”的情況基於相同的含義。In addition, PGMEA means propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. In addition, the PGMEA 30% by mass solution of the resin (X-1) means a solution in which the resin (X-1) is dissolved in PGMEA so that the content of the resin (X-1) becomes 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the solution. Hereinafter, the case of “(solvent name) (number) mass% solution of (substance name)” is based on the same meaning.

(鈦黑(T-1)的製作) 稱量平均粒徑15nm的氧化鈦MT-150A(商品名:TAYCA CORPORATION製)(100g)、BET表面積300m2 /g的二氧化矽粒子AEROGIL(註冊商標)300/30(EVONIK公司製)(25g)及分散劑DISPERBYK-190(商品名:BYK-Chemie GmbH製)(100g),添加離子電交換水(71g),使用KURABO製MAZERSTAR KK-400W,以公轉轉速1360rpm、自轉轉速1047rpm,進行20分鐘處理,藉此獲得了均勻的混合物水溶液。將該水溶液填充至石英容器,利用小型旋轉窯(Motoyama Co.,Ltd.製),在氧氣氛中加熱至920℃之後,用氮置換氣氛,並在相同溫度下,使銨氣以100mL/min流通5小時,藉此實施了氮化還元處理。結束後將所回收之粉末用乳鉢粉碎,藉此獲得了包含Si原子,粉末狀的比表面積73m2 /g的鈦黑(T-1)。(Production of titanium black (T-1)) Weigh titanium oxide MT-150A (trade name: manufactured by TAYCA CORPORATION) (100g) with an average particle diameter of 15nm, and silicon dioxide particles AEROGIL (registered trademark) with a BET surface area of 300m 2 /g ) 300/30 (manufactured by EVONIK) (25g) and dispersant DISPERBYK-190 (trade name: manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH) (100g), ion-exchange water (71g) is added, MAZERSTAR KK-400W manufactured by KURABO is used to The revolution speed of 1360 rpm and the rotation speed of 1047 rpm were processed for 20 minutes, thereby obtaining a homogeneous mixture aqueous solution. This aqueous solution was filled into a quartz container, heated to 920°C in an oxygen atmosphere using a small rotary kiln (manufactured by Motoyama Co., Ltd.), and then replaced with nitrogen. At the same temperature, the ammonium gas was adjusted to 100 mL/min After being circulated for 5 hours, the nitriding reduction treatment was carried out. After the end, the recovered powder was crushed with a mortar, thereby obtaining a powdery titanium black (T-1) with a specific surface area of 73 m 2 /g containing Si atoms.

(樹脂(X-1)的製作) 合成了相對於樹脂的所有重複單元,分別含有15質量%、85質量%的源自下述單體A的重複單元和源自下述單體B的重複單元的樹脂P。利用4-羥基丁基丙烯酸酯環氧丙基醚製作了對獲得之樹脂P導入乙烯性不飽和基的樹脂X-1。 所獲得之樹脂X-1的重量平均分子量為15000,酸值為70mgKOH/mg,C=C值為1.1mmol/g。(Production of resin (X-1)) A resin P containing 15% by mass and 85% by mass of repeating units derived from the following monomer A and repeating units derived from the following monomer B, with respect to all repeating units of the resin, was synthesized. Using 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether, resin X-1 in which an ethylenically unsaturated group was introduced into the obtained resin P was produced. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin X-1 was 15000, the acid value was 70 mgKOH/mg, and the C=C value was 1.1 mmol/g.

•單體A(巨單體,重量平均分子量為3000,標註於重複單元之9的值係各單體的平均值)•Monomer A (a giant monomer with a weight average molecular weight of 3000, and the value marked in 9 of the repeating unit is the average value of each monomer)

[化學式22]

Figure 02_image045
[Chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image045

•單體B(ARONIX M5300(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)) CH2 =CHCOO-(C5 H10 COO)n -Hω-羧基-聚己內酯(n≈2)單丙烯酸酯•Monomer B (ARONIX M5300 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.)) CH 2 =CHCOO-(C 5 H 10 COO) n -Hω-carboxy-polycaprolactone (n≈2) monoacrylate

<鈦黑分散液B(分散液B)的製備> 將樹脂(X-1)的PGMEA30質量%溶液(顏料分散劑)變更為樹脂(X-2)的PGMEA30質量%溶液(顏料分散劑),除此以外,以與分散液A相同的方式製作了分散液B。 樹脂(X-2)的結構如下。重量平均分子量為33000,酸值為60mgKOH/mg,C=C值為0mmol/g。 又,標註於各重複單元之數字表示各單元的莫耳比。<Preparation of titanium black dispersion B (dispersion B)> The resin (X-1) PGMEA 30% by mass solution (pigment dispersant) was changed to the resin (X-2) PGMEA 30% by mass solution (pigment dispersant), except that it was produced in the same manner as the dispersion A Dispersion B. The structure of resin (X-2) is as follows. The weight average molecular weight is 33000, the acid value is 60 mgKOH/mg, and the C=C value is 0 mmol/g. In addition, the number marked on each repeating unit represents the molar ratio of each unit.

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image047
[Chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image047

<碳黑(CB)分散液C(分散液C)的製備> 將混合下述原料而得之分散物進一步藉由攪拌機充分攪拌,進行了預混合。進而,使用KOTOBUKI KOGYOU CO.,LTD.製的ULTRA APEX MILL UAM015,在後述分散條件下,對分散物進行分散處理來獲得了分散液。分散結束後,利用過濾器將微珠與分散液分離,藉此獲得了分散液C。<Preparation of Carbon Black (CB) Dispersion Liquid C (Dispersion Liquid C)> The dispersion obtained by mixing the following raw materials was further thoroughly stirred with a mixer to perform premixing. Furthermore, using ULTRA APEX MILL UAM015 manufactured by KOTOBUKI KOGYOU CO., LTD., the dispersion was subjected to dispersion treatment under the dispersion conditions described below to obtain a dispersion liquid. After the dispersion was completed, the beads and the dispersion were separated by a filter, whereby dispersion C was obtained.

•包覆碳黑(詳細內容後述);20質量份 •DISPERBYK-167(顏料分散劑,BYK-Chemie GmbH製,固體成分52質量%);8.7質量份 •SOLSPERSE 12000(顏料衍生物,Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製);1質量份 •PGMEA;分散液C的固體成分成為35質量%的量•Coated carbon black (details will be described later); 20 parts by mass • DISPERBYK-167 (pigment dispersant, manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH, solid content 52% by mass); 8.7 parts by mass •SOLSPERSE 12000 (pigment derivative, manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.); 1 part by mass •PGMEA; the solid content of dispersion C becomes 35 mass%

(分散條件) 珠徑:φ0.05mm 微珠填充率:65體積% 研磨圓周速度:10m/sec 分離器周速:11m/s 進行分散處理之混合液量:15.0g 循環流量(泵供給量):60kg/小時 處理液溫度:20~25℃ 冷卻水:自來水5℃ 珠磨機環狀通道內容積:2.2L 通過次數:84道次(Dispersion conditions) Bead diameter: φ0.05mm Microbead filling rate: 65% by volume Grinding peripheral speed: 10m/sec Separator weekly speed: 11m/s The amount of mixed liquid for dispersion treatment: 15.0g Circulation flow (pump supply): 60kg/hour Treatment liquid temperature: 20~25℃ Cooling water: tap water 5℃ Internal volume of the ring channel of the bead mill: 2.2L Number of passes: 84 passes

(包覆碳黑的製作) 利用通常的油爐法製造了碳黑。然而,作為原料油,用Na分量、Ca分量及S分量少的乙烯底油,利用氣體燃料進行了燃燒。進而,作為反應停止水,使用了用離子交換樹脂進行了處理的純水。 利用均質儀,將所獲得之碳黑(540g)與純水(14500g)一同以5,000~6,000rpm歷經30分鐘攪拌,藉此獲得了漿料。將該漿料轉移至帶螺桿型攪拌機的容器,一邊以約1,000rpm混合,一邊一點點添加了溶解環氧樹脂“Epikote 828”(JER公司製)(60g)之甲苯(600g)。歷經約15分鐘,分散於水中的所有碳黑轉移至甲苯側,成為約1mm的顆粒。 接著,用60目金屬網進行控水之後,將分離出的顆粒放入真空乾燥機,以70℃乾燥7小時,藉此去除了甲苯及水。所獲得之包覆碳黑的樹脂包覆量相對於碳黑和樹脂的合計量為10質量%。(Production of coated carbon black) Carbon black was produced by the usual oil furnace method. However, as the raw material oil, an ethylene base oil with a small amount of Na, Ca, and S was used for combustion with gas fuel. Furthermore, as the reaction stop water, pure water treated with an ion exchange resin was used. Using a homogenizer, the obtained carbon black (540 g) and pure water (14500 g) were stirred at 5,000 to 6,000 rpm for 30 minutes to obtain a slurry. This slurry was transferred to a container with a screw type mixer, and while mixing at about 1,000 rpm, toluene (600 g) in which epoxy resin "Epikote 828" (manufactured by JER) (60 g) was dissolved was added little by little. After about 15 minutes, all the carbon black dispersed in the water was transferred to the toluene side and became particles of about 1 mm. Next, after controlling water with a 60-mesh metal net, the separated particles were put into a vacuum dryer and dried at 70°C for 7 hours, thereby removing toluene and water. The resin coating amount of the obtained coated carbon black was 10% by mass relative to the total amount of carbon black and resin.

<黑色分散液D(分散液D)的製備> 將包覆碳黑變更為Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF(BASF公司製),除此以外,以與分散液C相同的方式製作了分散液D。<Preparation of black dispersion D (dispersion D)> Except that the coated carbon black was changed to Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF (manufactured by BASF Corporation), dispersion D was produced in the same manner as dispersion C.

<黑色分散液E(分散液E)的製備> 將以下所示之紅色顏料分散液R1和藍色顏料分散液B1以1:1(質量比)混合來作為分散液E。<Preparation of black dispersion E (dispersion E)> The red pigment dispersion liquid R1 and the blue pigment dispersion liquid B1 shown below were mixed at a ratio of 1:1 (mass ratio) as the dispersion liquid E.

(紅色顏料分散液R1) 使用SHINMARU ENTERPRISES CORPORATION製的NPM Pilot,對下述原料進行分散處理,藉此獲得了紅色顏料分散液R1。(Red pigment dispersion liquid R1) The following raw materials were subjected to dispersion treatment using NPM Pilot manufactured by SHINMARU ENTERPRISES CORPORATION to obtain a red pigment dispersion liquid R1.

•顏料紅254;8.3質量份 •顏料黃139;3.7質量份 •DISPERBYK-161(分散劑,BYK-Chemie GmbH製,固體成分30質量%);16.0質量份 •PGMEA;72.0質量份• Pigment Red 254; 8.3 parts by mass • Pigment Yellow 139; 3.7 parts by mass • DISPERBYK-161 (dispersant, manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH, solid content 30% by mass); 16.0 parts by mass •PGMEA; 72.0 parts by mass

(藍色顏料分散液B1) 使用SHINMARU ENTERPRISES CORPORATION製的NPM Pilot,對下述原料進行分散處理,藉此獲得了藍色顏料分散液B1。(Blue pigment dispersion B1) The following raw materials were subjected to dispersion treatment using NPM Pilot manufactured by SHINMARU ENTERPRISES CORPORATION to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid B1.

•顏料藍15:6;9.5質量份 •顏料紫23;2.4質量份 •DISPERBYK-161(分散劑,BYK-Chemie GmbH製,固體成分30質量%);18.7質量份 •PGMEA;69.4質量份•Pigment Blue 15:6; 9.5 parts by mass •Pigment Violet 23; 2.4 parts by mass • DISPERBYK-161 (dispersant, manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH, solid content 30% by mass); 18.7 parts by mass •PGMEA; 69.4 parts by mass

〔組成物的原料〕 以下示出用於組成物的製備的原料。〔Raw materials of composition〕 The raw materials used for the preparation of the composition are shown below.

<分散組成物> 將上述分散液A~E用作分散組成物。<Dispersed composition> The above-mentioned dispersion liquids A to E are used as dispersion compositions.

<樹脂> •A-1:利用以下所示的方法合成的聚合物。 對具備攪拌機之內容積1L的高壓釜放入MEK(2-丁酮)(420.0g)、X-22-174DX(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在單末端含有含甲基丙烯醯基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷)(5.4g)、MAA(甲基丙烯酸)(18.0g)、2-HEMA(甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯)(99.0g)、IBMA(甲基丙烯酸酯異莰酯)(57.6g)及聚合起始劑V-70(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製,2,2’-偶氮雙(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈))(2.0g),在氮氣氛下一邊攪拌,一邊以30℃使其聚合24小時,藉此合成了粗製共聚物。對所獲得之粗製共聚物的溶液添加庚烷,進行再沉澱純化之後,進行真空乾燥,藉此獲得了共聚物1(149.2g)。共聚物1的數量平均分子量為17100,重量平均分子量為50500。 對具備溫度計、攪拌機、加熱裝置之內容量300mL的玻璃製燒瓶放入共聚物1(40.0g)、BEI(Karenz BEI,Showa Denko K.K.社製,1,1-雙(丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙基異氰酸酯)(42.0g)、DBTDL(二月桂酸二丁基錫)(0.17g)、BHT(2,6-二-t-丁基-p-甲酚)(2.1g)及MEK(115.4g),一邊攪拌,一邊以40℃使其進行48小時反應,藉此合成了粗製聚合物。對所獲得之粗製聚合物的溶液添加庚烷,進行再沉澱純化之後,進行真空乾燥,藉此獲得了樹脂(A-1)(66.0g)。樹脂(A-1)的數量平均分子量為42300,重量平均分子量為119990。<Resin> •A-1: A polymer synthesized by the method shown below. Put MEK (2-butanone) (420.0g), X-22-174DX (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.) into a 1L autoclave equipped with a stirrer, containing methacrylic acid at one end Linear dimethylpolysiloxane) (5.4g), MAA (methacrylic acid) (18.0g), 2-HEMA (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) (99.0g), IBMA (isobornyl methacrylate) (57.6g) and polymerization initiator V-70 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2, 4-Dimethylvaleronitrile)) (2.0 g) was polymerized at 30°C for 24 hours while stirring in a nitrogen atmosphere, thereby synthesizing a crude copolymer. After adding heptane to the solution of the obtained crude copolymer, performing reprecipitation purification, vacuum drying was performed, thereby obtaining copolymer 1 (149.2 g). Copolymer 1 has a number average molecular weight of 17,100 and a weight average molecular weight of 50,500. Put copolymer 1 (40.0g), BEI (Karenz BEI, manufactured by Showa Denko KK, 1,1-bis(acryloxymethyl)) into a 300mL glass flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a heating device. Ethyl isocyanate) (42.0g), DBTDL (dibutyltin dilaurate) (0.17g), BHT (2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol) (2.1g) and MEK (115.4g) The reaction was carried out at 40°C for 48 hours while stirring, thereby synthesizing a crude polymer. After adding heptane to the solution of the obtained crude polymer and performing reprecipitation purification, it was vacuum-dried to obtain resin (A-1) (66.0 g). The number average molecular weight of the resin (A-1) was 42,300, and the weight average molecular weight was 119,990.

•A-2:X-22-164B(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在兩末端含有含甲基丙烯醯基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷) •A-3:X-22-2445(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在兩末端含有含丙烯酸基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷) •A-4:KF-6001(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在兩末端含有含羥基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷) •A-5:X-22-164(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在兩末端含有含甲基丙烯醯基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷) •A-6:X-22-164AS(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在兩末端含有含甲基丙烯醯基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷) •A-7:X-22-164A(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在兩末端含有含甲基丙烯醯基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷) •A-8:X-22-164C(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在兩末端含有含甲基丙烯醯基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷) •A-9:X-22-164E(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在兩末端含有含甲基丙烯醯基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷)•A-2: X-22-164B (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethylpolysiloxane containing groups containing methacryloyl groups at both ends) •A-3: X-22-2445 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethylpolysiloxane containing acrylic group-containing groups at both ends) •A-4: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethylpolysiloxane containing hydroxyl-containing groups at both ends) •A-5: X-22-164 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethylpolysiloxane containing groups containing methacryloyl groups at both ends) •A-6: X-22-164AS (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethylpolysiloxane containing groups containing methacryloyl groups at both ends) •A-7: X-22-164A (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethylpolysiloxane containing groups containing methacryloyl groups at both ends) •A-8: X-22-164C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethyl polysiloxane containing groups containing methacryloyl groups at both ends) •A-9: X-22-164E (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethylpolysiloxane containing groups containing methacryloyl groups at both ends)

•A-10:利用以下所示的方法合成的樹脂。•A-10: Resin synthesized by the method shown below.

[化學式24]

Figure 02_image049
[Chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image049

對單口茄型燒瓶放入KF-6001(A-4)(20.78g)、1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙基異氰酸酯(Showa Denko K.K.(株)製Karenz BEI)(8.13g)、PGMEA(96.4g)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-1-氧基(KOEI CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製)(16.3mg)及三(2-乙基己酸)鉍(NITTOH CHEMICAL co,.ltd.製NEOSTANN U‐600)(16.3mg),升溫至90℃,攪拌72小時,藉此獲得了矽氧烷樹脂XX-1的30%PGMEA溶液。 對所獲得之上述溶液添加巰丁二酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製)(2.55g)、乙醇(41.6g),在室溫下攪拌時滴加三乙胺(172mg),在室溫下攪拌了24小時。接著,對上述溶液添加乙酸乙酯(150g),進而,對溶液添加0.1NHCl水溶液(150g)及蒸餾水(150g)並混合之後,提取了溶液中的有機相。對所獲得之有機相添加硫酸鈉,攪拌10分鐘,過濾硫酸鈉,在減壓下對所獲得之濾液進行蒸餾去除,藉此獲得了XX-2(28.5g)。將所獲得之XX-2作為樹脂A-10。Put KF-6001 (A-4) (20.78g), 1,1-(bisacryloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate (Karenz BEI made by Showa Denko KK) (8.13g) into a single-necked eggplant flask ), PGMEA (96.4g), 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (manufactured by KOEI CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) (16.3mg) and tris(2-ethylhexanoic acid) Bismuth (NEOSTANN U-600 manufactured by NITTOH CHEMICAL Co. Ltd.) (16.3 mg) was heated to 90° C. and stirred for 72 hours to obtain a 30% PGMEA solution of silicone resin XX-1. To the obtained solution, mercaptosuccinic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) (2.55 g) and ethanol (41.6 g) were added, and triethylamine (172 mg) was added dropwise while stirring at room temperature. Stir for 24 hours at low temperature. Next, ethyl acetate (150 g) was added to the above solution, and 0.1N HCl aqueous solution (150 g) and distilled water (150 g) were added to the solution and mixed, and then the organic phase in the solution was extracted. Sodium sulfate was added to the obtained organic phase, stirred for 10 minutes, sodium sulfate was filtered, and the obtained filtrate was distilled off under reduced pressure, thereby obtaining XX-2 (28.5 g). The obtained XX-2 is referred to as resin A-10.

•A-11~A-15:利用以下所示的方法合成的樹脂。 對三口茄型燒瓶放入PGMEA(62.9g)(進而,依據需要鏈轉移劑2-巰基乙醇(Yg)),在氮氣氛下升溫至75℃。對該燒瓶,經2小時滴加了混合X-22-2404(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,在單末端含有含甲基丙烯醯基的基團之直鏈狀二甲基聚矽氧烷)(60.0g)、HO-MS(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製,2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸)(29.8g)、PGMEA(146.7g)及起始劑V-601(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製,2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯)(Xg)的溶液。 滴加後,將上述燒瓶以75℃進一步攪拌2小時之後,添加了V-601(0.75g)及PGMEA(23.8g)。進而,將上述燒瓶升溫至90℃,攪拌了3小時。對所獲得之溶液進行空氣置換,確認到燒瓶中的大氣的氧濃度成為18質量%以上之後,添加GMA(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製,甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯)(10.2g)、TEMPO(2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基)(0.11g)及二甲基十二胺(4.4g),以90℃攪拌48小時,藉此獲得了含有樹脂之聚合物溶液。 將上述V-601的量X(g)、2-巰基乙醇Y(g)的值設為下述表1所示之量,合成了樹脂A-11~A-15。另外,關於所獲得之樹脂A-11~A-15,以樹脂A-11~A-15的固體成分30%的PGMEA溶液的形態用於組成物的製備。•A-11~A-15: Resins synthesized by the method shown below. PGMEA (62.9 g) (further, chain transfer agent 2-mercaptoethanol (Yg), if necessary) was put into a three-necked eggplant-shaped flask, and the temperature was raised to 75° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere. Into this flask, X-22-2404 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., linear dimethyl polysiloxane containing a methacrylic group-containing group at one end) was dropped and mixed over 2 hours. Oxyane) (60.0g), HO-MS (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD., 2-methacryloxyethyl succinic acid) (29.8g), PGMEA (146.7g) and initiator V -601 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl ester) (Xg) solution. After dripping, after further stirring the said flask at 75 degreeC for 2 hours, V-601 (0.75g) and PGMEA (23.8g) were added. Furthermore, the said flask was heated up to 90 degreeC, and it stirred for 3 hours. The obtained solution was replaced with air, and after confirming that the oxygen concentration in the atmosphere in the flask became 18% by mass or more, GMA (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., glycidyl methacrylate) (10.2 g) was added , TEMPO (2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy) (0.11g) and dimethyldodecylamine (4.4g), stirred at 90°C for 48 hours, thereby obtaining a resin containing的polymer solution. The amount X (g) of the above-mentioned V-601 and the value of 2-mercaptoethanol Y (g) were set to the amounts shown in Table 1 below, and resins A-11 to A-15 were synthesized. In addition, the obtained resins A-11 to A-15 were used in the preparation of the composition in the form of a PGMEA solution with a solid content of 30% of the resins A-11 to A-15.

[表1]

Figure 108131838-A0304-0001
[Table 1]
Figure 108131838-A0304-0001

以下示出樹脂A-1~A-15的分子量(數量平均分子量(Mn)、重量平均分子量(Mw))、酸值及C=C值。The molecular weight (number average molecular weight (Mn), weight average molecular weight (Mw)), acid value, and C=C value of resins A-1 to A-15 are shown below.

[表2]

Figure 108131838-A0304-0002
[Table 2]
Figure 108131838-A0304-0002

另外,上述樹脂中,A-2、A-3、A-5~A-15係特定樹脂。其中,A-2、A-3、A-5~A-10係主鏈型特定樹脂,A-11~A-15係側鏈型特定樹脂。In addition, among the above resins, A-2, A-3, and A-5 to A-15 are specific resins. Among them, A-2, A-3, A-5 to A-10 are main chain type specific resins, and A-11 to A-15 are side chain type specific resins.

<聚合起始劑> •I-1:下述化合物 •I-2:下述化合物 •I-3:下述化合物 •I-4:下述化合物 聚合起始劑I-1~I-4均為肟化合物。 另外,在上述聚合起始劑中,關於I-1~I-3,在乙腈中溶解0.001質量%時,所獲得之溶液的光路長度10mm的波長340nm中的吸光度為0.45以上。另一方面,使用I-4進行相同試驗時,所獲得之溶液的波長340nm中的吸光度小於0.45。<Polymerization initiator> •I-1: The following compounds • I-2: The following compounds •I-3: The following compounds •I-4: The following compounds The polymerization initiators I-1 to I-4 are all oxime compounds. In addition, in the above-mentioned polymerization initiator, when I-1 to I-3 are dissolved in acetonitrile 0.001% by mass, the obtained solution has an absorbance of 0.45 or more at a wavelength of 340 nm with an optical path length of 10 mm. On the other hand, when using I-4 for the same test, the obtained solution has an absorbance of less than 0.45 at a wavelength of 340 nm.

[化學式25]

Figure 02_image051
[Chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image051

<聚合性化合物> •M-1:NK ester A-TMMT(Shin Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd. 製,以下述結構表示之化合物)<Polymerizable compound> •M-1: NK ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., a compound represented by the following structure)

[化學式26]

Figure 02_image053
[Chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image053

•M-2:KAYARAD DPHA(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製,以下述結構表示之化合物的混合物)•M-2: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of compounds represented by the following structure)

[化學式27]

Figure 02_image055
[Chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image055

•M-3:VISCOAT #802(OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製,以下述結構表示之化合物)•M-3: VISCOAT #802 (manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD., a compound represented by the following structure)

[化學式28]

Figure 02_image057
[Chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image057

<聚合抑制劑> •PI-1:對甲氧基苯酚<Polymerization inhibitor> •PI-1: p-methoxyphenol

<溶劑> •PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯<Solvent> •PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate

將上述成分混合,製備了下述表3所示之組成物。The above components were mixed to prepare the composition shown in Table 3 below.

<二氧化矽粒子分散液> (二氧化矽粒子PS-1的合成) 對中空二氧化矽粒子的分散液(JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Ltd.製“THRULYA 4110”,固體成分濃度:20質量%,分散介質:異丙醇,平均一次粒徑:60nm)100g混合KBM-503(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷)4g、10%甲酸水溶液0.5g及水1g,以60℃攪拌了3小時。使用Rotavapor,將分散介質替換成1-甲氧基-2-丙醇之後,藉由1-甲氧基-2-丙醇的添加來調整固體成分濃度,藉此獲得了固體成分濃度為20質量%的二氧化矽粒子PS-1(經表面處理的中空二氧化矽)的分散液。<Silica Particle Dispersion Liquid> (Synthesis of silicon dioxide particles PS-1) To a dispersion of hollow silica particles ("THRULYA 4110" manufactured by JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Ltd., solid content: 20% by mass, dispersion medium: isopropanol, average primary particle size: 60 nm) 100 g of KBM-503 ( Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane) 4 g, 10% formic acid aqueous solution 0.5 g, and water 1 g, and stirred at 60°C for 3 hours. Using Rotavapor, after replacing the dispersion medium with 1-methoxy-2-propanol, the solid content concentration was adjusted by adding 1-methoxy-2-propanol to obtain a solid content concentration of 20 mass. % Silica particles PS-1 (surface-treated hollow silica) dispersion.

(修飾二氧化矽分散液S-1的製備) 對三口燒瓶放入二氧化矽粒子PS-1的分散液(固體成分20質量%、30.0g)、表面修飾劑MA-1(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,商品名“X-22-2404”,單末端甲基丙烯酸改質矽油)(1.8g)及PGMEA(28.2g),在氮氣氛下,升溫至80℃。對該燒瓶添加聚合起始劑V-601(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製)0.01g,攪拌了3小時。對該燒瓶進一步添加V-601(0.02g),攪拌2小時之後,進行了分散液的精密過濾。對所獲得之過濾物添加1-甲氧基-2-丙醇,獲得了含有經表面修飾的二氧化矽粒子且固體成分濃度為20質量%的修飾二氧化矽分散液S-1(31.3g)。(Preparation of modified silica dispersion liquid S-1) Into a three-necked flask were put a dispersion of silica particles PS-1 (solid content 20% by mass, 30.0 g) and a surface modifier MA-1 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., trade name "X-22"). -2404", single-ended methacrylic modified silicone oil) (1.8g) and PGMEA (28.2g), heated to 80°C in a nitrogen atmosphere. 0.01 g of polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added to the flask, and the flask was stirred for 3 hours. V-601 (0.02 g) was further added to this flask, and after stirring for 2 hours, precision filtration of the dispersion liquid was performed. 1-Methoxy-2-propanol was added to the obtained filter to obtain a modified silica dispersion S-1 (31.3 g) containing surface-modified silica particles and a solid content of 20% by mass. ).

(修飾二氧化矽分散液S-2~S-14的製備) 分別使用表3中記載的二氧化矽粒子及表面修飾劑,除此以外,按照上述修飾二氧化矽分散液S-1的製備方法,製備了修飾二氧化矽分散液S-2~S-14。 以下,示出用於各修飾二氧化矽分散液的製備的二氧化矽粒子及表面修飾劑。(Preparation of modified silica dispersion S-2~S-14) The silica particles and surface modifiers described in Table 3 were used respectively. In addition, modified silica dispersions S-2 to S-14 were prepared according to the above-mentioned preparation method of modified silica dispersion S-1. . The silica particles and surface modifiers used in the preparation of each modified silica dispersion are shown below.

-二氧化矽粒子- •PS-2:經表面處理的實心二氧化矽粒子凝膠(Nissan Chemical Corporation製“PGM-AC-4130Y”,固體成分濃度:32質量%,分散介質:1-甲氧基-2-丙醇,平均一次粒徑:45nm) •PS-3:中空二氧化矽粒子的分散液(JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Ltd.製“THRULYA 4320”,固體成分濃度:20質量%,分散介質:甲基異丁基酮,平均一次粒徑:60nm) 另外,將二氧化矽粒子PS-2在添加1-甲氧基-2-丙醇而作為固體成分濃度為20質量%的分散液之後,用於修飾二氧化矽分散液的製備。-Silica particles- • PS-2: Surface-treated solid silica particle gel ("PGM-AC-4130Y" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Corporation, solid content: 32% by mass, dispersion medium: 1-methoxy-2-propanol , Average primary particle size: 45nm) • PS-3: Hollow silica particle dispersion ("THRULYA 4320" manufactured by JGC Catalysts and Chemicals Ltd., solid content: 20% by mass, dispersion medium: methyl isobutyl ketone, average primary particle size: 60 nm ) In addition, after adding 1-methoxy-2-propanol to the silica particle PS-2 as a dispersion with a solid content concentration of 20% by mass, it was used for the preparation of a modified silica dispersion.

-表面修飾劑- •MA-2:X-22-174ASX(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,單末端甲基丙烯酸改質矽油) •MA-3:X-22-174BX(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製,單末端甲基丙烯酸改質矽油) •MA-4:iBMA(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製,甲基丙烯酸異丁酯) •MA-5:MAC6F13(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製,甲基丙烯酸1H,1H,2H,2H-十三氟正辛酯) •MA-6:HEMA(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,LTD.製,甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙基) •MA-7:HO-MS(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製,2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸)-Surface modifier- •MA-2: X-22-174ASX (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., single-ended methacrylic acid modified silicone oil) •MA-3: X-22-174BX (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., single-ended methacrylic modified silicone oil) •MA-4: iBMA (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., LTD., isobutyl methacrylate) •MA-5: MAC6F13 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., LTD., 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-tridecafluoro n-octyl methacrylate) •MA-6: HEMA (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., LTD., 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) •MA-7: HO-MS (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD., 2-methacryloxyethyl succinic acid)

[表3]

Figure 108131838-A0304-0003
[table 3]
Figure 108131838-A0304-0003

[評價] 〔試驗〕 使用上述各組成物,進行了以下試驗。[Evaluation] 〔test〕 Using each of the above-mentioned compositions, the following tests were conducted.

<遮光性的評價> 利用旋塗法,將組成物分別塗佈於玻璃基板上,之後在加熱板上以100℃加熱2分鐘,藉此獲得了組成物層。接著,使用i射線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon製),經具有2cm見方的角圖案之遮罩,以200mJ/cm2 對所獲得之組成物層進行了曝光。將經曝光的組成物層用顯影液“CD-2060”(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製)進行60秒旋覆浸沒顯影之後進行了旋轉乾燥。之後,在加熱板上以220℃加熱5分鐘,獲得了膜厚1.5μm的遮光膜(硬化膜)。使用UV-3600(Hitachi, Ltd.製:分光光度計),按照下述評價基準,評價了所獲得之遮光膜的遮光性。將A、B設為容許範圍內。<Evaluation of light-shielding properties> The compositions were respectively coated on a glass substrate by a spin coating method, and then heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 2 minutes to obtain a composition layer. Next, using an i-ray stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon), the obtained composition layer was exposed at 200 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having an angular pattern of 2 cm square. The exposed composition layer was subjected to spin immersion development with a developer "CD-2060" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) for 60 seconds, followed by spin drying. After that, it was heated at 220° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a light-shielding film (cured film) with a film thickness of 1.5 μm. Using UV-3600 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.: spectrophotometer), the light-shielding properties of the obtained light-shielding film were evaluated in accordance with the following evaluation criteria. Set A and B within the allowable range.

“A”:波長400~700nm中的最大透過率為0.5%以下 “B”:波長400~700nm中的最大透過率高於0.5%且2%以下 “C”:波長400~700nm中的透過率高於2%"A": The maximum transmittance in the wavelength 400~700nm is 0.5% or less "B": The maximum transmittance in the wavelength of 400~700nm is higher than 0.5% and less than 2% "C": The transmittance in wavelength 400~700nm is higher than 2%

<顯影前反射率的評價(顯影前低反射性的評價)> 利用旋塗法,將組成物分別塗佈於玻璃基板上,之後在加熱板上以100℃加熱2分鐘,藉此獲得了組成物層。接著,使用i射線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon製),經具有2cm見方的角圖案之遮罩,以200mJ/cm2 對所獲得之組成物層進行了曝光。之後,在加熱板上以220℃加熱5分鐘,獲得了膜厚1.5μm的遮光膜(硬化膜)。 對所獲得之帶遮光膜的基板,以入射角度8°入射400~700nm的光,使用JASCO Corporation製分光器V7200(商品名)測定了其反射率。按下述評價基準區分所獲得之測定值,評價了顯影前反射率(顯影前低反射性)。將A、B設為容許範圍內。 “A”:波長400~700nm中的最大反射率為2%以下 “B”:波長400~700nm中的最大反射率高於2%且5%以下 “C”:波長400~700nm中的最大反射率高於5%<Evaluation of reflectance before development (evaluation of low reflectivity before development)> The composition was coated on a glass substrate by a spin coating method, and then heated at 100°C for 2 minutes on a hot plate to obtain the composition物层。 The material layer. Next, using an i-ray stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon), the obtained composition layer was exposed at 200 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having an angular pattern of 2 cm square. After that, it was heated at 220° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a light-shielding film (cured film) with a film thickness of 1.5 μm. To the obtained substrate with a light-shielding film, light of 400 to 700 nm was incident at an incident angle of 8°, and the reflectance was measured using a spectroscope V7200 (trade name) manufactured by JASCO Corporation. The obtained measurement values were divided according to the following evaluation criteria, and the reflectance before development (low reflectivity before development) was evaluated. Set A and B within the allowable range. "A": The maximum reflectance in the wavelength 400-700nm is 2% or less "B": The maximum reflectance in the wavelength 400-700nm is higher than 2% and 5% or less "C": The maximum reflectance in the wavelength 400-700nm Rate higher than 5%

<顯影後反射率的評價(顯影後低反射性的評價)> 在上述“顯影前反射率的評價”步驟中,在對組成物層進行曝光之後,用顯影液“CD-2060”(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製)對經曝光的組成物層進行60秒的旋覆浸沒顯影後進行了旋轉乾燥。之後,在加熱板上以220℃加熱5分鐘,獲得了遮光膜(硬化膜)。 以下,按相同的方法及基準,實施反射率的測定及評價而作為顯影後反射率(顯影後低反射性)的評價。 顯影前反射率(顯影前低反射性)和顯影後反射率(顯影後低反射性)均為A或B的情況下,判斷為遮光膜的低反射性優異。<Evaluation of reflectance after development (evaluation of low reflectivity after development)> In the above-mentioned "evaluation of reflectance before development" step, after exposing the composition layer, the exposed composition layer was subjected to 60% exposure with a developer "CD-2060" (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.). Spin-drying was carried out after immersion development in seconds. Then, it heated at 220 degreeC for 5 minutes on a hotplate, and obtained the light-shielding film (cured film). Hereinafter, the measurement and evaluation of reflectance were carried out according to the same method and criteria as evaluation of reflectance after development (low reflectance after development). When both the reflectance before development (low reflectivity before development) and the reflectance after development (low reflectivity after development) are both A or B, it is judged that the low reflectivity of the light-shielding film is excellent.

<耐光性的評價> 利用Super Xenon weather Meter(Suga Test Instruments Co.,Ltd.製),對在上述“顯影前反射率的評價”中製作的帶遮光膜的基板進行了如下照射處理:將7.5kw氙燈的波長300nm以上的光,以照度50mW/cm2 ,累積曝光量5000萬Lux•h照射。之後,使用JASCO Corporation製分光器V7200(商品名)測定其反射率,計算照射處理前後的相對於各波長的光的反射率變動,並按照下述基準評價了耐光性。 利用以下式計算反射率變動。 反射率變動(%)=丨(照射處理後的反射率(%)-照射處理前的反射率(%))丨 “A”:波長400~700nm中的反射率變動的最大值為1%以下 “B”:波長400~700nm中的反射率變動的最大值高於1%且3%以下 “C”:波長400~700nm中的反射率變動的最大值高於3%<Evaluation of light resistance> Using a Super Xenon weather meter (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.), the substrate with a light-shielding film prepared in the above-mentioned "evaluation of reflectance before development" was subjected to the following irradiation treatment: 7.5 The light with a wavelength of 300nm or more of a kw xenon lamp is irradiated with an illuminance of 50mW/cm 2 and a cumulative exposure of 50 million Lux•h. After that, the reflectance was measured using a spectroscope V7200 (trade name) manufactured by JASCO Corporation, the reflectance change with respect to light of each wavelength before and after the irradiation treatment was calculated, and the light resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria. The reflectance change is calculated using the following formula. Reflectance variation (%)=丨(Reflectance after irradiation treatment (%)-Reflectance before irradiation treatment (%))丨"A": The maximum value of reflectance change in wavelength 400~700nm is less than 1% "B": The maximum value of the reflectance change in the wavelength of 400-700nm is higher than 1% and 3% or less "C": The maximum value of the reflectance change in the wavelength of 400-700nm is higher than 3%

〔結果〕 將用於試驗的組成物的配合和用對應之組成物實施的試驗結果示於下述表。 表4中,與各原料名一欄對應之表格中記載之數字表示各組成物中的各原料的含量(質量份)。 例如,組成物1表示含有78.00質量份的分散液A。 又,表中,關於以固體成分非為100%的形態用於組成物的製備之原料,記載亦包含除了固體成分以外的成分的質量之添加量(質量份)。 例如,更詳細而言,組成物34含有3.25質量份的含有30質量%之樹脂A-11之樹脂溶液。 “色材”一欄表示用於試驗的組成物所含有的黑色著色材的種類。“TB”表示鈦黑(T-1),“CB”表示包覆碳黑,“IB”表示Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF,“RB”表示紅色顏料與藍色顏料的混合顏料。 “樹脂類型”一欄表示用於試驗的組成物所含有的特定樹脂的類型。“主鏈”表示主鏈型特定高分子,“側鏈”表示側鏈型特定高分子。 “樹脂添加量”一欄表示用於試驗的組成物所含有的樹脂的含量。樹脂的含量以相對於組成物的總固體成分的質量百分率(質量%)表示。另外,作為此處所指樹脂,表示上述<樹脂>一欄中示出的樹脂。例如,組成物所含有的分散劑不計為用於算出“樹脂添加量”的樹脂的含量。 “起始劑吸光特性”一欄表示將用於試驗的組成物所含有的聚合起始劑在乙腈中以0.001質量%的濃度溶解時獲得之溶液的波長340nm中的吸光度是否成為0.45以上。將滿足本要件的情況記載為A,不滿足的情況記載為B。 “包覆層膜厚”一欄表示在遮光性的評價中製作的遮光膜中包覆層的膜厚。包覆層的膜厚藉由剖面SEM測定。另外,在記載為無法測定的遮光膜中,包覆層中遮光膜的面狀變粗糙,因此未能測定包覆層的膜厚。〔result〕 The compounding of the composition used in the test and the test results performed with the corresponding composition are shown in the following table. In Table 4, the numbers described in the table corresponding to the column of each raw material name indicate the content (parts by mass) of each raw material in each composition. For example, composition 1 represents dispersion A containing 78.00 parts by mass. In addition, in the table, regarding the raw materials used for the preparation of the composition in a form where the solid content is not 100%, the addition amount (parts by mass) that also includes the mass of the components other than the solid content is described. For example, in more detail, the composition 34 contains 3.25 parts by mass of a resin solution containing 30% by mass of resin A-11. The "color material" column shows the type of black color material contained in the composition used for the test. "TB" means titanium black (T-1), "CB" means coated carbon black, "IB" means Irgaphor Black S 0100 CF, and "RB" means a mixed pigment of red pigment and blue pigment. The "resin type" column indicates the type of specific resin contained in the composition used for the test. "Main chain" means a main chain type specific polymer, and "side chain" means a side chain type specific polymer. The "resin addition amount" column indicates the content of the resin contained in the composition used for the test. The content of the resin is expressed as a mass percentage (mass %) relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, as the resin referred to here, the resin shown in the column of the above-mentioned <resin> is shown. For example, the dispersant contained in the composition is not counted as the content of the resin used to calculate the "resin addition amount". The column of "initiator light absorption characteristics" indicates whether or not the absorbance at a wavelength of 340 nm of a solution obtained when the polymerization initiator contained in the composition used for the test is dissolved in acetonitrile at a concentration of 0.001% by mass becomes 0.45 or more. Record the case that meets this requirement as A, and the case that does not meet it as B. The "coating layer film thickness" column indicates the film thickness of the coating layer in the light-shielding film produced in the evaluation of light-shielding properties. The film thickness of the coating layer was measured by cross-sectional SEM. In addition, in the light-shielding film described as unmeasurable, the surface of the light-shielding film in the coating layer became rough, and therefore the film thickness of the coating layer could not be measured.

[表4-1]

Figure 108131838-A0304-0004
[Table 4-1]
Figure 108131838-A0304-0004

[表4-2]

Figure 108131838-A0304-0005
[Table 4-2]
Figure 108131838-A0304-0005

[表4-3]

Figure 108131838-A0304-0006
[Table 4-3]
Figure 108131838-A0304-0006

[表4-4]

Figure 108131838-A0304-0007
[Table 4-4]
Figure 108131838-A0304-0007

[表4-5]

Figure 108131838-A0304-0008
[Table 4-5]
Figure 108131838-A0304-0008

如表所示,確認到若使用本發明的組成物,則能夠解決本發明的課題。As shown in the table, it was confirmed that the problem of the present invention can be solved if the composition of the present invention is used.

又,確認到黑色著色材係鈦黑等金屬氮化物顏料時,所獲得之遮光膜的低反射性更優異(實施例6~10的比較等)。 實施例6中,將鈦黑分別變更為氮化釩VN-O(Japan New Metals Co.,Ltd.製)、氮化鈮 NbN-O(Japan New Metals Co.,Ltd.製)、藉由日本特開2017-222559號公報的(實施例1)的方法製備的氮化鋯,同樣地進行評價之結果,分別為與實施例6相同的結果。 實施例6中,將鈦黑變更為二氧化矽包覆氮化鋯(日本特開2015-117302號公報),同樣地進行評價之結果,為與實施例6相同的結果。 實施例6中,即使將鈦黑代替為鈦黑:氮化鋯=1:9、3:7、5:5、7:3、9:1,亦獲得了相同的效果(比率為重量比)。又,即使代替為鈦黑:二氧化矽包覆氮化鋯=1:9、3:7、5:5、7:3、9:1,亦獲得了相同的效果(比率為重量比)。In addition, it was confirmed that when the black coloring material was a metal nitride pigment such as titanium black, the obtained light-shielding film was more excellent in low reflectivity (comparison of Examples 6 to 10, etc.). In Example 6, the titanium black was changed to vanadium nitride VN-O (manufactured by Japan New Metals Co., Ltd.), niobium nitride NbN-O (manufactured by Japan New Metals Co., Ltd.), and The zirconium nitride prepared by the method of (Example 1) in JP 2017-222559 A was evaluated in the same manner, and the results were the same as in Example 6, respectively. In Example 6, the titanium black was changed to silicon dioxide-coated zirconium nitride (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-117302), and the result of the same evaluation was the same as that of Example 6. In Example 6, even if the titanium black is replaced by titanium black: zirconium nitride=1:9, 3:7, 5:5, 7:3, 9:1, the same effect is obtained (the ratio is weight ratio) . Also, even if it is replaced with titanium black: silicon dioxide coated zirconium nitride=1:9, 3:7, 5:5, 7:3, 9:1, the same effect is obtained (the ratio is weight ratio).

確認到特定樹脂係主鏈型特定樹脂(由通式(2)表示之特定樹脂)時,所獲得之遮光膜的低反射性更優異(實施例1~2與實施例6~7的比較等)。 又,在實施例6中,將A-10變更為與XX-1同樣地合成的下述化合物(主鏈型特定樹脂、Mn3000、Mw5100、酸值0mgKOH/g、C=C值0.67mmol/g),同樣地進行評價之結果,為與實施例6相同的結果。When the specific resin-based main chain type specific resin (specific resin represented by the general formula (2)) is confirmed, the low reflectivity of the obtained light-shielding film is more excellent (Comparison of Examples 1 to 2 and Examples 6 to 7, etc. ). In addition, in Example 6, A-10 was changed to the following compound synthesized in the same manner as XX-1 (main chain type specific resin, Mn3000, Mw5100, acid value 0mgKOH/g, C=C value 0.67mmol/g ), the result of the same evaluation was the same as that of Example 6.

【化學式29】

Figure 02_image059
【Chemical formula 29】
Figure 02_image059

確認到特定樹脂係側鏈型特定樹脂的情況下,側鏈型特定樹脂的含量相對於固體成分的總質量為5.0質量%以上時,所獲得之遮光膜的顯影後的低反射性更優異(實施例1與21的比較等)。When the specific resin-based side chain type specific resin is confirmed, when the content of the side chain type specific resin is 5.0% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the solid content, the obtained light-shielding film has more excellent low reflectivity after development ( Comparison of Example 1 and 21, etc.).

確認到特定樹脂係側鏈型特定樹脂的情況下,側鏈型特定樹脂的含量相對於固體成分的總質量為10.0質量%以下時,所獲得之遮光膜的顯影後的低反射性更優異(實施例21與22的比較等)。When the specific resin-based side chain type specific resin is confirmed, when the content of the side chain type specific resin is 10.0% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the solid content, the obtained light-shielding film has more excellent low reflectivity after development ( Comparison of Examples 21 and 22, etc.).

確認到組成物所含有的聚合起始劑係在乙腈中以0.001質量%的濃度溶解時,所獲得之溶液的光路長度10mm、波長340nm中的吸光度成為0.45以上的聚合起始劑的情況下,所獲得之遮光膜的顯影後的低反射性更優異(實施例14的結果等)。 實施例6中,將聚合起始劑I-1變更為IRGACURE 369(商品名,BASF公司製),同樣地進行評價之結果,遮光性和顯影後低反射性為B,除此以外,與實施例6相同。It is confirmed that when the polymerization initiator contained in the composition is dissolved in acetonitrile at a concentration of 0.001% by mass, the obtained solution has an optical path length of 10 mm and an absorbance at a wavelength of 340 nm of 0.45 or more. The obtained light-shielding film is more excellent in low reflectivity after development (the result of Example 14, etc.). In Example 6, the polymerization initiator I-1 was changed to IRGACURE 369 (trade name, manufactured by BASF Corporation), and the results of the same evaluation showed that the light-shielding properties and low reflectivity after development were B. Other than that, the same Example 6 is the same.

實施例1中,在未添加聚合抑制劑的情況下,亦為與實施例1相同的結果。又,實施例6中,在未添加聚合抑制劑的情況下,亦為與實施例6相同的結果。In Example 1, the same results as in Example 1 were also obtained without adding a polymerization inhibitor. In addition, in Example 6, the same results as in Example 6 were also obtained without adding a polymerization inhibitor.

使用實施例6的遮光膜,按照國際公開WO2018/061644記載的方法製作固體攝像元件的結果,具有良好的性能。The light-shielding film of Example 6 was used to produce a solid-state imaging element according to the method described in International Publication WO2018/061644, and the result showed good performance.

對組成物6添加藉由上述方法製備的二氧化矽粒子分散液S-1(固體成分20質量%)13質量份,接著,添加PGMEA,藉此製備了固體成分濃度與組成物6相同的組成物101。組成物101中的經表面修飾的二氧化矽粒子的含量相對於組成物6中的固體成分的含量為8質量%。將組成物6變更為組成物101,與實施例6同樣地進行評價之結果,獲得了與實施例6相同的評價。 分別使用二氧化矽粒子分散液S-2~S-14(固體成分均為20質量%)來代替二氧化矽粒子分散液S-1,除此以外,按照上述方法,分別製備了固體成分濃度與組成物6相同的組成物102~114。將組成物6變更為組成物102~114,與實施例6同樣地進行評價之結果,均獲得了與實施例6相同的評價。13 parts by mass of silica particle dispersion S-1 (solid content 20% by mass) prepared by the above method was added to composition 6, and then PGMEA was added to prepare a composition having the same solid content concentration as composition 6物101. The content of the surface-modified silica particles in the composition 101 was 8% by mass relative to the solid content in the composition 6. The composition 6 was changed to the composition 101, and as a result of evaluation in the same manner as in Example 6, the same evaluation as in Example 6 was obtained. Silica particle dispersion S-2 to S-14 (both solid content of 20% by mass) were used instead of silica particle dispersion S-1. In addition, the solid content concentration was prepared according to the above method. Compositions 102 to 114 same as composition 6. The composition 6 was changed to the compositions 102 to 114, and the results were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 6, and the same evaluations as in Example 6 were obtained.

10:硬化膜 12:黑色層 14:包覆層 16:基板 100:固體攝像裝置 101:固體攝像元件 102:攝像部 103:蓋玻璃 104:間隔物 105:積層基板 106:晶片基板 107:電路基板 108:電極墊 109:外部連接端子 110:貫通電極 111:透鏡層 112:透鏡材 113:支撐體 114、115:遮光膜 201:受光元件 202:濾色器 201:受光元件 202:濾色器 203:微透鏡 204:基板 205b:藍色畫素 205r:紅色畫素 205g:綠色畫素 205bm:黑矩陣 206:p阱層 207:讀出柵極部 208:垂直傳輸路徑 209:元件分離區域 210:柵極絕緣膜 211:垂直傳輸電極 212:遮光膜 213、214:絕緣膜 215:平坦化膜 300:紅外線感測器 310:固體攝像元件 311:紅外線吸收過濾器 312:濾色器 313:紅外線透射濾波器 314:樹脂膜 315:微透鏡 316:平坦化膜 10: Hardened film 12: black layer 14: Coating 16: substrate 100: Solid state camera 101: solid-state image sensor 102: Camera Department 103: cover glass 104: Spacer 105: Multilayer substrate 106: Wafer substrate 107: Circuit board 108: Electrode pad 109: External connection terminal 110: Through electrode 111: lens layer 112: lens material 113: Support 114, 115: shading film 201: Light receiving element 202: color filter 201: Light receiving element 202: color filter 203: Micro lens 204: Substrate 205b: blue pixel 205r: red pixel 205g: green pixels 205bm: black matrix 206: p-well layer 207: Readout gate 208: Vertical transmission path 209: component separation area 210: Gate insulating film 211: Vertical transfer electrode 212: Shading film 213, 214: insulating film 215: Flattening film 300: infrared sensor 310: solid-state image sensor 311: infrared absorption filter 312: color filter 313: infrared transmission filter 314: Resin film 315: Micro lens 316: Flattening film

圖1表示本發明的硬化膜的較佳實施態樣的剖面圖。 圖2係表示固體攝像裝置的構成例之概略剖面圖。 圖3係放大表示圖2的攝像部的概略剖面圖。 圖4係表示紅外線感測器的構成例的概略剖面圖。Fig. 1 shows a cross-sectional view of a preferred embodiment of the cured film of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a solid-state imaging device. Fig. 3 is an enlarged schematic cross-sectional view showing the imaging unit of Fig. 2. Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an infrared sensor.

Figure 108131838-A0101-11-0001-1
Figure 108131838-A0101-11-0001-1

Claims (9)

一種遮光性組成物,其含有黑色著色材、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及樹脂, 該樹脂含有聚合性基及由通式(1)表示之基團, 該樹脂的數量平均分子量為100~15000, 該樹脂的含量相對於該遮光性組成物的固體成分的總質量為2.0~15.0質量%, *-(SiR1 R2 -O)na -*   (1) 通式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基, na表示1~200的整數, *表示鍵結位置。A light-shielding composition containing a black coloring material, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a resin, the resin containing a polymerizable group and a group represented by the general formula (1), and the number average molecular weight of the resin is 100 ~15000, the content of the resin is 2.0-15.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the solid content of the light-shielding composition, *-(SiR 1 R 2 -O) na -* (1) In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, na represents an integer of 1 to 200, and * represents a bonding position. 如請求項1所述之遮光性組成物,其中 該樹脂係由通式(2)表示之化合物, R3 -(SiR1 R2 -O)nb -SiR1 R2 -R3 (2) 通式(2)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或芳基, R3 表示含有乙烯性不飽和基之基團, nb表示3~200的整數。The light-shielding composition according to claim 1, wherein the resin is a compound represented by the general formula (2), R 3 -(SiR 1 R 2 -O) nb -SiR 1 R 2 -R 3 (2) In formula (2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, R 3 represents an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing group, and nb represents an integer of 3 to 200. 如請求項2所述之遮光性組成物,其中 該R3 的至少1個具有酸基。The light-shielding composition according to claim 2, wherein at least one of the R 3 has an acid group. 如請求項2或3所述之遮光性組成物,其中 該R3 的至少1個具有選自包括醚鍵、酯鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵及硫醚鍵的群組中之至少1個。The light-shielding composition according to claim 2 or 3, wherein at least one of R 3 has at least one selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, an ester bond, a urethane bond, and a thioether bond . 如請求項1至3中任一項所述之遮光性組成物,其中 該黑色著色材係選自包括金屬氮化物及金屬氮氧化物的群組中之1種以上。The light-shielding composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The black coloring material is one or more selected from the group consisting of metal nitrides and metal oxynitrides. 一種硬化膜,其使用請求項1至5中任一項所述之遮光性組成物而得。A cured film obtained using the light-shielding composition described in any one of claims 1 to 5. 如請求項6所述之硬化膜,其中 該硬化膜含有黑色層和配置於該黑色層的表面上之包覆層, 該包覆層的厚度為20~200nm, 該包覆層含有該樹脂的硬化物。The hardened film as described in claim 6, wherein The hardened film contains a black layer and a coating layer arranged on the surface of the black layer, The thickness of the coating layer is 20-200nm, The coating layer contains a cured product of the resin. 如請求項6或7所述之硬化膜,其為遮光膜。The cured film according to claim 6 or 7, which is a light-shielding film. 一種固體攝像元件,其含有請求項6至8中任一項所述之硬化膜。A solid-state imaging device containing the cured film according to any one of claims 6 to 8.
TW108131838A 2018-09-25 2019-09-04 Light-shielding composition, cured film, light-shielding film, and solid-state imaging element TW202022024A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-178646 2018-09-25
JP2018178646 2018-09-25
JP2018238143 2018-12-20
JP2018-238143 2018-12-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202022024A true TW202022024A (en) 2020-06-16

Family

ID=69949590

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108131838A TW202022024A (en) 2018-09-25 2019-09-04 Light-shielding composition, cured film, light-shielding film, and solid-state imaging element

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7109565B2 (en)
TW (1) TW202022024A (en)
WO (1) WO2020066420A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020203063A1 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, cured film, color filter, light blocking film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, headlight unit, modified silica particles, and method for producing modified silica particles
TW202204475A (en) * 2020-06-03 2022-02-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
CN112898330A (en) * 2020-07-28 2021-06-04 吉林奥来德光电材料股份有限公司 Compound for packaging organic light-emitting device and preparation method and application thereof
JPWO2022065490A1 (en) * 2020-09-28 2022-03-31
WO2022158313A1 (en) * 2021-01-20 2022-07-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid imaging element, and headlight unit
JP7442004B1 (en) 2023-03-01 2024-03-01 artience株式会社 Photosensitive composition, film using the same, optical filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device, and infrared sensor

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005134439A (en) * 2003-10-28 2005-05-26 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and its cured product
KR20080073302A (en) * 2005-11-28 2008-08-08 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Process for producing organic el, color filter and diaphragm
JP5340623B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2013-11-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, light-shielding color filter, method for producing the same, and solid-state imaging device
EP2309330A4 (en) * 2008-07-03 2012-01-18 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Photosensitive composition, partition wall, color filter, and organic el device
JP2010018653A (en) * 2008-07-08 2010-01-28 Fujifilm Corp Ink for inkjet, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display and image display device using the color filter
JP2011001538A (en) * 2009-05-19 2011-01-06 Chisso Corp Photocurable inkjet ink having liquid-repelling property
JP5222922B2 (en) * 2010-10-12 2013-06-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method, pattern forming material, and photosensitive film, pattern film, low refractive index film, optical device, and solid-state imaging device using the same
JP6026395B2 (en) * 2013-12-05 2016-11-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Substrate with organic functional layer and method for producing the same
KR102304508B1 (en) * 2014-08-01 2021-09-23 가부시키가이샤 닛폰 쇼쿠바이 Curable resin composition and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020066420A1 (en) 2020-04-02
JP7109565B2 (en) 2022-07-29
JPWO2020066420A1 (en) 2021-08-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7109565B2 (en) Light-shielding composition, cured film, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device
TWI798453B (en) Light-shielding resin composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, image display device
TWI803686B (en) Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, headlight unit
JP7016403B2 (en) Manufacturing method of cured film, manufacturing method of solid-state image sensor
JP7373000B2 (en) Metal nitride-containing particles, dispersion compositions, curable compositions, cured films, and methods for producing them, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, solid-state imaging devices, infrared sensors
JP6994044B2 (en) Manufacturing method of cured film, manufacturing method of solid-state image sensor, manufacturing method of image display device
TW202022498A (en) Light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, and headlight unit
US20220010121A1 (en) Composition, cured film, color filter, light shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, headlight unit, modified silica particles, and method for producing modified silica particles
TWI746819B (en) Curable composition, cured film, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, solid-state imaging device, and manufacturing method of cured film
TWI788421B (en) Curable composition, cured film, solid-state imaging device, and method for producing cured film
WO2021059860A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, light blocking film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor and headlight unit
TW202012306A (en) Light-blocking composition, cured film, color filter, light-blocking film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI836039B (en) Composition, cured film, color filter, light shielding film, optical element, solid state imaging device, headlight unit, modified silica particle, and method for producing modified silica particle
TW202311404A (en) Composition, light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for manufacturing cured film
TW202417896A (en) Composition, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, method for manufacturing cured film